-------
!3
3
1
£
UJ U.
ii
oe<-i
UJ
g
sa
X XXX X
CO-
=» z <
3 cj
UJI— CO
o
3
«- -a
tti
S
) > j= MtM
185
-------
c
•H
E
3
X X X X XX X X
vO
w
cc
o
E-i C3
Z 05 W
*C O H
H fa <
D U
13 O O
O M Z
O. E-1 H
rt H
•« w o
sou
O H
H cc i-q
ZOO
w o u
Z C5 W
O O E
U I*. H
fTj f^j yy
Z W w
w o
CH
m o
0)
to
(D
E C Cn C 03
S3 O C OU O
w
186
-------
SECTION VII
CONTROL AND TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY
This section describes the treatment techniques currently used or
available to remove or recover wastewater pollutants normally
generated by the coil coating industrial point source category.
Included are discussions of individual end-of-pipe treatment
technologies and in-plant technologies.
END-OF-PIPE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES
This subsection describes individual recovery and treatment
technologies which are used or are suitable for use in treating
wastewater discharges from coil coating facilities. Each description
includes a functional description and discussions of application and
performance, advantages and limitations, operational factors
(reliability, maintainability, solid waste aspects), and demonstration
status. The treatment processes described include both technologies
presently demonstrated within the coil coating category, and
technologies demonstrated in treatment of similar wastes in other
industries.
Coil coating wastewater streams characteristically contain significant
levels of toxic inorganics. Chromium, cyanide, lead, nickel, and zinc
are found in coil coating wastewater streams at substantial
concentrations. These toxic inorganic pollutants constitute the most
significant wastewater pollutants in this category.
In general, these pollutants are removed by chemical precipitation and
sedimentation or filtration. Most of them may be effectively removed
by precipitation of metal hydroxides or Carbonates utilizing the
reaction with lime, sodium hydroxide, or sodium carbonate. For some,
improved removals are provided by the use of sodium sulfide or ferrous
sulfide to precipitate the pollutants as sulfide compounds with very
low solubilities.
Discussion of end-of-pipe treatment technologies is divided into three
parts: the major technologies; the effectiveness of major
technologies; and minor end-of-pipe technologies.
MAJOR TECHNOLOGIES
In Sections IX and X, the rationale for selecting treatment systems is
discussed. The individual technologies used in the system are
described here. The major end-of-pipe technologies are: chemical
reduction of hexavalent chromium, chemical precipitation of dissolved
187
-------
metals, cyanide precipitation, granular bed filtration, pressure
filtration, settling of suspended solids, and skimming of oil. In
practice, precipitation of metals and settling of the resulting
precipitates is often a unified two-step operation. Suspended solids
originally present in raw wastewaters are not appreciably affected by
the precipitation operation and are removed with the precipitated
metals in the settling operations. Settling operations can be
evaluated independently of hydroxide or other chemical precipitation
operations, but hydroxide and other chemical precipitation operations
can only be evaluated in combination with a solids removal operation.
Chemical Reduction Of Chromium
Description of the_ Process. Reduction is a chemical reaction in which
electrons are transferred to the chemical being reduced from the
chemical initiating the transfer (the reducing agent). Sulfur
dioxide, sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and ferrous sulfate
form strong reducing agents in aqueous solution and are often used in
industrial waste treatment facilities for the reduction of hexavalent
chromium to the trivalent form. The reduction allows removal of
chromium from solution in conjunction with other metallic salts by
alkaline precipitation. Hexavalent chromium is not precipitated as
the hydroxide.
Gaseous sulfur dioxide is a widely used reducing agent and provides a
good example of the chemical reduction process. Reduction using other
reagents is chemically similar. The reactions involved may be
illustrated as follows:
3 S0
3 H2O
3 H2SO3 + 2H2Cr04
3 H2S03
Cr2(S04)3 + 5 H20
The above reaction is favored by low pH. A pH of from 2 to 3 is
normal for situations requiring complete reduction. At pH levels
above 5, the reduction rate is slow. Oxidizing agents such as
dissolved oxygen and ferric iron interfere with the reduction process
by consuming the reducing agent.
A typical treatment consists of 45 minutes retention in a reaction
tank. The reaction tank has an electronic recorder-controller device
to control process conditions with respect to pH and oxidation
reduction potential (ORP). Gaseous sulfur dioxide is metered to the
reaction tank to maintain the ORP within the range of 250 to 300
millivolts. Sulfuric acid is added to maintain a pH level of from 1.8
to 2.0. The reaction tank is equipped with a propeller agitator
designed to provide approximately one turnover per minute. Figure
VII-1 (page 260) shows a continuous chromium reduction system.
188
-------
Application and Performance. Chromium reduction is used in coil
coating for treating chromating rinses for high-magnesium aluminum
basis materials. Electroplating rinse waters and cooling tower
blowdown are two major sources of chromium in waste streams. Chromium
reduction may also be used in coil coating plants. A study of an
operational waste treatment facility chemically reducing hexavalent
chromium has shown that- a 99.7 percent reduction efficiency is easily
achieved. Final concentrations of 0.05 mg/1 are readily attained, and
concentrations of 0.01 mg/1 are considered to be attainable by
properly maintained and operated equipment.
Advantages and Limitations. The major advantage of chemical
to destroy hexavalent chromium is that it is a fully proven
based on many years of experience. Operation at ambient
results in minimal energy consumption, and the process,
when using sulfur dioxide, is well suited to automatic
Furthermore, the equipment is readily obtainable from many
and operation is straightforward.
reduction
technology
conditions
especially
control.
suppliers,
One limitation of chemical reduction of hexavalent chromium is that
for high concentrations of chromium, the cost of treatment chemicals
may be prohibitive. When this situation occurs, other treatment
techniques are likely to be more economical. Chemical interference by
oxidizing agents is possible in the treatment of mixed wastes, and the
treatment itself may introduce pollutants if not properly controlled.
Storage and handling of sulfur dioxide is somewhat hazardous.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Maintenance consists of periodic
removal of sludge, the frequency of which is a function of the input
concentrations of detrimental constituents.
Solid Waste Aspects: Pretreatment to eliminate substances which will
interfere with the process may often be necessary. This process
produces trivalent chromium which can be controlled by further
treatment. There may, however, be smell 1 amounts of sludge collected
due to minor shifts in the solubility of the contaminants. This
sludge can be processed by the main sludge treatment equipment.
Demonstration Status. The reduction of chromium waste by sulfur
dioxide or sodium bisulfite is a classic process and is used by
numerous plants which have hexavalent chromium compounds in
wastewaters from operations such as electroplating and noncontact
cooling.
Chemical Precipitation
Dissolved toxic metal ions and certain anions may be chemically
precipitated for removal by physical means such as sedimentation,
189
-------
filtration, or centrifugation. Several reagents are commonly used to
effect this precipitation. '•
1) Alkaline compounds such as lime or sodium hydroxide may be used
to precipitate many toxic metal ions as metal hydroxides. Lime
also may precipitate phosphates as insoluble calcium phosphate
and fluorides as calcium fluoride.
2) Both "soluble" sulfides such as hydrogen sulfide or sodium
sulfide and "insoluble" sulfides such as ferrous sulfide may be
used to precipitate many heavy metal ions as insoluble metal
sulfides.
3) Ferrous sulfate, zinc sulfate or both (as is required) may be
used to precipitate cyanide as a ferro or zinc ferricyanide
complex.
4) Carbonate precipitates may be used to remove metals either by
direct precipitation using a carbonate reagent such as calcium
carbonate or by converting hydroxides into carbonates using
carbon dioxide.
These treatment chemicals may be added to a flash mixer or rapid mix
tank, to a presettling tank, or directly to a clarifier or other
settling device. Because metal hydroxides tend to be colloidal in
nature, coagulating agents may also be added to facilitate settling.
After the solids have been removed, final pH adjustment may be
required to reduce the high pH created by the alkaline treatment
chemicals.
Chemical precipitation as a mechanism for removing metals from
wastewater is a complex process of at least two steps - precipitation
of the unwanted metals and removal of the precipitate. Some small
amount of metal will remain dissolved in the wastewater after complete
precipitation. The amount of residual dissolved metal depends on the
treatment chemicals used and related factors. The effectiveness of
this method of removing any specific metal depends on the fraction of
the specific metal in the raw waste (and hence in the precipitate) and
the effectiveness of suspended solids removal.
Application and Performance. Chemical precipitation is used in coil
coating for precipitation of dissolved metals. It can be used to
remove metal ions such as aluminum, antimony, arsenic, beryllium,
cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, iron, lead, manganese, mercury,
molybdenum, tin and zinc. The process is also applicable to any
substance that can be transformed into an insoluble form such as
fluorides, phosphates, soaps, sulfides and others. Because it is
simple and effective, chemical precipitation is extensively used for
industrial waste treatment.
190
-------
The performance of chemical precipitation depends on several
variables. The most important factors affecting precipitation
effectiveness are:
1 .
Maintenance of an alkaline pH throughout the precipitation
reaction and subsequent settling;
Addition of a sufficient excess of treatment ions to drive
the precipitation reaction to completion;
Addition of an adequate supply of sacrifical ions (such as
iron or aluminum) to ensure precipitation and removal of
specific target ions; and
4.
Effective removal of precipitated solids (see
technologies discussed under "Solids Removal").
appropriate
Control of pH. Irrespective of the solids removal technology
employed, proper control of pH is absolutely essential for favorable
performance of precipitation-sedimentation technologies. This is
clearly illustrated by solubility curves for selected metals
hydroxides and sulfides shown in Figure VII-2 (page 261), and by
plotting effluent zinc concentrations against pH as shown in Figure
VII-3 (page 262). Figure VII-1 was obtained from Development Document
for the Proposed Effluent Limitations Guidelines and New Source
Ferforinance Standards for the Zinc Segment of. Nonferrous Metals
Manufacturing Point Source Category, U.S. E.P.A., EPA 440/1-74/033,
November, 1974. Figure VII-3 was plotted from the sampling data from
several facilities with metal finishing operations. It is partially
illustrated by data obtained from 3 consecutive days of sampling at
one metal processing plant (47432) as displayed in Table VII-1. Flow
through this system is approximately 49,263 1/h (13,000 gal/hr).
TABLE VII-1
pH CONTROL EFFECT ON METALS REMOVAL
In
Day 1
Out
In
Day 2
Out
In
Day 3
Out
pH Range 2.4-3.4 8.5-8.7 1.0-3.0 5.0-6.0 2.0-5.0 6.5-8.1
(mg/1)
TSS 39 8
Copper 312 0.22
Zinc 250 0.31 32.5
16 19 16 7
120 5.12 107 0.66
25.0 43.8 0.66
191
-------
This treatment system uses lime precipitation (pH adjustment) followed
by coagulant addition and sedimentation. Samples were taken before
(in) and after (out) the treatment system. The best treatment for
removal of copper and zinc was achieved on day one, when the pH was
maintained at a satisfactory level. The poorest treatment was found
on the second day, when the pH slipped to an unacceptably low level
and intermediate values were were achieved on the third day when pH
values were less than desirable but in between the first and second
days.
Sodium hydroxide is used by one facility (plant 439) for pH adjustment
and chemical precipitation, followed by settling (sedimentation and a
polishing lagoon) of precipitated solids. Samples were taken prior to
caustic addition and following the polishing lagoon. Flow through the
system is approximately 22,700 1/hr (6,000 gal/hr).
TABLE VI1-2
Effectiveness of Sodium Hydroxide for Metals Removal
Day 1
In
2.1-2.9
0.097
0.063
9.24
1 .0
0. 11
0.077
.054
Out
9.0-9.3
0.0
0.018
0.76
0.1 1
0.06
0.01 1
0.0
13
Day 2
In
2.0-2.4
0.057
0.078
15.5
1 .36
0.12
0.036
0.12
Out
8.7-9.1
0.005
0.014
0.92
0.13
0.044
0.009
0.0
1 1
Day 3
pH Range
(mg/1)
Cr
Cu
Fe
Pb
Mn
Ni
Zn
TSS
These data indicate that the system was operated efficiently. Ef-
fluent pH was controlled within the range of 8.6-9.3, and, while raw
waste loadings were not unusually high, most toxic metals were removed
to very low concentrations.
In
2.0-2.4
0.068
0.053
9.41
1 .45
0. 1 1
0.069
0. 19
Out
8.6-9.1
0.005
0.019
0.95
0. 1 1
0.044
0.011
0.037
1 1
192
-------
Lime and sodium hydroxide are sometimes used to precipitate metals.
Data developed from plant 40063, a facility with a metal bearing
wastewater, exemplify efficient operation of a chemical precipitation
and settling system.- Table VII-3 shows sampling data from this
system, which uses lime and sodium hydroxide for pH adjustment,
chemical precipitation, polyelectrolyte flocculant addition, and
sedimentation. Samples were taken of the raw waste influent to the
system and of the clarifier effluent. Flow through the system is
approximately 5,000 gal/hr.
TABLE VII-3
Effectiveness of Lime and Sodium Hydroxide for Metals Removal
(mg/1)
Al
Cu
Fe
Mn
Ni
Se
Ti
Zn
TSS
Day 1
Day 2
Day 3
In
9.2-9.6
37.3
0.65
137
175
6.86
28.6
143
18.5
4390
Out
8. 3-9 .,8
0.35
0.003
0.49
0.12
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.027
9
In
9.2
38.1
0.63
110
205
5.84
30.2
125
16.2
3595
Out
7.6-8.1
0.35
0.003
0.57
0.012
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.044
13
In
9.6
29.9
0.72
208
245
5.63
27.4
115
17.0
2805
Out
7.8-8.2
0.35
0.003
0.58
0.12
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.01
13
At this plant, effluent TSS levels were below 15 mg/1 on each day,
despite average raw waste TSS concentrations of over 3500 mg/1.
Effluent pH was maintained at approximately 8, lime addition was suf-
ficient to precipitate the dissolved metal ions, and the flocculant
addition and clarifier retention served to remove effectively the
precipitated solids.
Sulfide precipitation is sometimes used to precipitate metals
resulting in improved metals removals. Most metal sulfides are less
soluble than hydroxides and the precipitates are frequently more
dependably removed from water. Solubilities for selected metal
193
-------
hydroxide, carbonate and sulfide precipitates are shown in Table VII-4
(Source: Lange's Handbook of. Chemistry). Sulfide precipitation is
particularly effective in removing specific metals such as silver and
mercury. Sampling data from three industrial plants using sulfide
precipitation appear in Table VII-5.
These data were obtained from three sources:
Summary Report, Control and Treatment Technology for the Metal
Finishing Industry; Sulfide Precipitation, USEPA, EPA NoT
625/8/80-003, 1979.
Industrial Finishing, Vol. 35, No. 11, November, 1979.
Electroplating sampling data from plant 27045.
TABLE VII-4
THEORETICAL SOLUBILITIES OF HYDROXIDES AND SULFIDES
OF SELECTED METALS IN PURE WATER
Metal
Cadmium (Cd++)
Chromium (Cr+++)
Cobalt (CO++)
Copper (Cu++)
Iron (Fe-*-+)
Lead (Pb++)
Manganese (Mn++)
Mercury (Hg++)
Nickel (Ni++)
Silver (Ag+)
Tin (Sn++)
Zinc (Zn++)
Solubility of metal ion, mg/1
As Hydroxide As Carbonate
2.3 x 10-s
8.4 x 10~4
2.2 x 10-1
2.2 x ID-2
8.9 x 10-1
2.1
1 .2
3.9 x 10-*
6.9 x 10-3
13.3
1.1 x 10~4
1 .1
1.0 x 10-4
7.0 x lO-3
3.9 x lO-2
1.9 x 10-i
2.1 x 10-i
7.0 x 10-*
As Sull
6.7 x 10-1
No precipit|
1.0 x 10-
5.8 x 10-1
3.4 x 10^1
3.8 x 10-1
2.1 x 10-|
9.0 x
6.9 x
7.4 x
3.8 x 10-1
2.3 x 10-1
194
-------
TABLE VI1-5
SAMPLING DATA FROM SULFIDE
PRECIPITATION-SEDIMENTATION SYSTEMS
Lime, FeS, Poly-
electrolyte,
Treatment Settle, Filter
pH
(mg/1)
Cr+6
Cr
Cu
Fe
Ni
Zn
In
Out
5.0-6.8 8-9
25.6 <0.014
32.3 <0.04
0.52 0.10
39.5 <0.07
Lime, FeS, Poly- NaOH, Ferric
electrolyte, Chloride, Na2S
Settle, Filter Clarify (1 stage)
In
Out
7.7
108
0.68
33.9
7.38
0.022 <0.020
2.4 <0.1
0.6
<0.1
<0. 1
In
Out
11.45 <.005
18.35 <•. 005
0.029 0.003
0.060
0.009
In all cases except iron, effluent concentrations are below 0.1 mg/1
and in many cases below 0.01 mg/1 for the three plants studied.
Sampling data from several chlorine-caustic manufacturing plants using
sulfide precipitation demonstrate effluent mercury concentrations
varying between 0.009 and 0.03 mg/1. As shown in Figure VII-1, the
solubilities of PbS and Ag2S are lower at alkaline pH levels than
either the corresponding hydroxides or other sulfide compounds. This
implies that removal performance for lead and silver sulfides should
be comparable to or better than that for the heavy metal hydroxides.
Bench scale tests on several types of metal finishing and
manufacturing wastewater indicate that metals removal to levels of
less than 0.05 mg/1 and in some cases less than 0.01 mg/1 are common
in systems using sulfide precipitation followed by clarification.
Some of the bench scale data, particularly in the case of lead, do not
support such low effluent concentrations. However, lead is
consistently removed to very low levels (less than 0.02 mg/1) in
systems using hydroxide and carbonate precipitation and sedimentation.
Of particular interest is the ability of sulfide to precipitate
hexavalent chromium «(Cr+6) without prior reduction to the tri-valent
state as is required in the hydroxide process. When ferrous sulfide
is used as the precipitant, iron and sulfide act as reducing agents
for the hexavalent chromium according to the reaction:
CrO3+ FeS
3H20 = Fe(OH)3 + Cr(OH)3
195
-------
The sludge produced in this reaction consists mainly of ferric hy-
droxides, chromic hydroxides and various metallic sulfides. Some
excess hydroxyl ions are generated in this process, possibly requiring
a downward re-adjustment of pH.
Based on the available data, Table VI1-6 shows the minimum reliably
attainable effluent concentrations for sulfide precipitation-
sedimentation systems. These values are used to calculate performance
predictions of sulfide precipitation-sedimentation systems.
Table VI1-6 is based on two reports:
Summary Report, Control and Treatment Technology for the Metal
Finishing Industry; Sulfide Precipitation, USEPA, EPA No.
625/8/80-003, 1979.
Addendum to Development Document for Effluent Limitations
Guidelines and New Source Performance Standards, Major Inorganic
products Segment of Inorganics Point Source Category, USEPA., EPA
Contract No. EPA=68-01-3281 (Task 7), June, 1978.
TABLE VII-6
SULFIDE PRECIPITATION-SEDIMENTATION PERFORMANCE
Parameter
Cd
CrT
Cu
Pb
Hg
Ni
Ag
Zn
Treated Effluent
(mg/1)
0.01
0.05
0.05
0.01
0.03
0.05
0.05
0.01
Carbonate precipitation is sometimes used to precipitate metals,
especially where precipitated metals values are to be recovered. The
solubility of most metal carbonates is intermediate between hydroxide
and sulfide solubilities; in addition, carbonates form easily filtered
precipitates.
Carbonate ions appear to be particularly useful in precipitating lead
and antimony. Sodium carbonate has been observed being added at
treatment to improve lead precipitation and removal in some industrial
plants. The lead hydroxide and lead carbonate solubility curves
displayed in Figure VII-4 (page 263) ("Heavy Metals Removal," by
'196
-------
Kenneth Lanovette, Chemical Engineerinq/Deskbook Issue, Oct. 17, 1977)
explain this phenomenon.
Advantages and Limitations
Chemical precipitation has proven to be an effective technique for
removing many pollutants from industrial wastewater. It operates at
ambient conditions and is well suited to automatic control. The use
of chemical precipitation may be limited because of interference by
chelating agents, because of possible chemical interference mixed
wastewaters and treatment chemicals, or because of the potentially
hazardous situation involved with the storage and handling of those
chemicals. Lime is usually added as a slurry when used in hydroxide
precipitation. The slurry must; be kept well mixed and the addition
lines periodically checked to prevent blocking of the lines, which may
result from a buildup of solids'. Also, hydroxide precipitation
usually makes recovery of the precipitated metals difficult, because
of the heterogeneous nature of most hydroxide sludges.
The major advantage of the sulfide precipitation process is that the
extremely low solubility of most metal sulfides, promotes very high
metal removal efficiencies; the sulfide process also has the ability
to remove chromates and dichromates without preliminary reduction of
the chromium to its trivalenf state. In addition, sulfide can
precipitate metals complexed with most comp^exing agents. The process
demands care, however, in maintaining the ' pH of the solution at
approximately 10 in order to prevent the generation of toxic hydrogen
sulfide gas. For this reason, ventilation of the treatment tanks may
be a necessary precaution in most installations. The use of ferrous
sulfide reduces or virtually eliminates the problem of hydrogen
sulfide evolution. As with hydroxide precipitation, excess sulfide
ion must be present to drive the precipitation reaction to completion.
Since the sulfide ion itself is toxic, sulfide addition must be
carefully controlled to maximize heavy metals precipitation with a
minimum of excess sulfide to avoid the necessity of post treatment.
At very high excess sulfide levels and high pH, soluble mereury-
sulfide compounds may also be formed. Where excess sulfide is
present, aeration of the effluent stream can aid in oxidizing residual
sulfide to the less harmful sodium sulfate (Na2S04). The cost of
sulfide precipitants is high in comparison with hydroxide
precipitants, and disposal of metallic sulfide sludges may pose
problems. An essential element in effective sulfide precipitation is
the removal of precipitated solids from the wastewater and proper
disposal in an appropriate site, Sulfide precipitation will also
generate a higher volume of sludge, than hydroxide precipitation,
resulting in higher disposal and dewatering costs. This is especially
true when ferrous sulfide is used as the precipitant.
197
-------
Sulfide precipitation may be used as a polishing treatment after
hydroxide precipitation-sedimentation. This treatment configuration
may provide the better treatment effectiveness of sulfide
precipitation while minimizing the variability caused by changes in
raw waste and reducing the amount of sulfide precipitant required.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Alkaline chemical precipitation is
highly reliable, although proper monitoring and control are required.
Sulfide precipitation systems provide similar reliability.
Maintainability: The major maintenance needs involve periodic upkeep
of monitoring equipment, automatic feeding equipment, mixing
equipment, and other hardware. Removal of accumulated sludge is
necessary for efficient operation of precipitation-sedimentation
systems.
Solid Waste Aspects: Solids which precipitate out are removed in a
subsequent treatment step. Ultimately, these solids require proper
disposal.
Demonstration Status. Chemical precipitation of metal hydroxides is a
classic waste treatment technology used by most industrial waste
treatment systems. Chemical precipitation of metals in the carbonate
form alone has been found to be feasible and is commercially used to
permit metals recovery and water reuse. Full scale commercial sulfide
precipitation units are in operation at numerous installations,
including several plants in the coil coating category. As noted
earlier, sedimentation to remove precipitates is discussed separately.
Use in Coil Coating Plants. Chemical precipitation is used at 43 coil
coating plants. The quality of treatment provided, however, is
variable. A review of collected data and on-site observations reveals
that control of system parameters is often poor. Where precipitates
are removed by clarification, retention times are likely to be short
and cleaning and maintenance questionable. Similarly, pH control is
frequently inadequate. As a result of these factors, effluent
performance at coil coating plants nominally practicing the same
wastewater treatment is observed to vary widely.
Cyanide Precipitation
Cyanide precipitation, although a method for treating cyanide in
wastewaters, does not destroy cyanide. The cyanide is retained in the
sludge that is formed. Reports indicate that during exposure to
sunlight the cyanide complexes can break down and form free cyanide.
For this reason the sludge from this treatment method must be disposed
of carefully.
198
-------
Cyanide may be precipitated and settled out of wastewaters by the
addition of zinc sulfate or ferrous sulfate. In the presence of iron,
cyanide will form extremely stable cyanide complexes. The addition of
zinc sulfate or ferrous sulfate forms zinc ferrocyanide or ferro and
ferricyanide complexes.
Adequate removal of the precipitated cyanide requires that the pH must
be kept at 9.0 and an appropriate retention time be maintained. A
study has shown that the formation of the complex is very dependent on
pH. At pH's of 8 and 10 the residual cyanide concentrations measured
are twice those of the same reaction carried out at a pH of 9.
Removal efficiencies also depend heavily on the retention time
allowed. The formation of the complexes takes place rather slowly.
Depending upon the excess amount of zinc sulfate or ferrous sulfate
added, at least a 30 minute retention time should be allowed for the
formation of the cyanide complex before continuing on to the
clarification stage.
One experiment with an initial concentration of 10 mg/1 of cyanide
showed that (98%) of the cyanide was complexed ten minutes after the
addition of ferrous sulfate at twice the theoretical amount necessary.
Interference from other metal ions, such as cadmium, might result in
the need for longer retention times.
Table VI1-7 presents data from three coil coating plants.
TABLE VII-7
CONCENTRATION OF TOTAL CYANIDE
(mg/1)
Plant
1057
33056
12052
Mean
Method
FeS04
FeS04
ZnS04
In
2.57
2.42
3.28
0.14
0.16
0.46
0.12
Out
The concentrations are those of the stream entering and leaving the
treatment system. Plant 1057 allowed a 27 minute retention time for
the formation of the complex. The retention time for the other plants
is not known. The data suggest that over a wide range of cyanide
concentration in the raw waste, the concentration of cyanide can be
reduced in the effluent stream to under 0.15 mg/1.
199
-------
Application and Performance. Cyanide precipitation can be used when
cyanide destruction is not feasible because pf the presence of cyanide
complexes which are difficult to destroy. Effluent concentrations of
cyanide well below 0.15 mg/1 are possible.
Advantages and Limitations. Cyanide precipitation is an inexpensive
method of treating cyanide. Problems may occur when metal ions
interfere with the formation of the complexes.
Demonstration Status; Cyanide precipitation ii used in at least six
coil coating plants.
Granular Bed Filtration
Filtration occurs in nature as the surface ground waters are cleansed
by sand. Silica sand, anthracite coal, and garnet are common filter
media used in water treatment plants. These are usually supported by
gravel. The media may be used singly or in combination. The multi-
media filters may be arranged to maintain relatively distinct layers
by virtue of balancing the forces of gravity, flow, and bouyancy on
the individual particles. This is accomplished by selecting
appropriate filter flow rates (gpm/sq-ft), media grain size, and
density.
Granular bed filters may be classified in terms of filtration rate,
filter media, flow pattern, or method of pressurization. Traditional
rate classifications are slow sand, rapid sand, and high rate mixed
media. In the slow sand filter, flux or hydraulic loading is
relatively low, and removal of collected solids to clean the filter is
therefore relatively infrequent. The filter is often cleaned by
scraping off the inlet face (top) of the sand bed. In the higher rate
filters, cleaning is frequent and is accomplished by a periodic
backwash, opposite to the direction of normal flow.
A filter may use a single medium such as sand or diatomaceous earth,
but dual and mixed (multiple) media filters allow higher flow rates
and efficiencies. The dual media filter usually consists of a fine
bed of sand under a coarser bed of anthracite coal. The coarse coal
removes most of the influent solids, while the fine sand performs a
polishing function. At the end of the backwash, the fine sand settles
to the bottom because it is denser than the coal, and the filter is
ready for normal operation. The mixed media filter operates on the
same principle, with the finer, denser media at the bottom and the
coarser, less dense media at the top. The usual arrangement is garnet
at the bottom (outlet end) of the bed, sand in the middle, and
anthracite coal at the top. Some mixing of these layers occurs and
is, in fact, desirable.
200
-------
The flow pattern is usually top-to-bottom, but other patterns are
sometimes used. Upflow filters are sometimes used, and in a
horizontal filter the flow is horizontal. In a biflow filter, the
influent enters both the top and the bottom and exits laterally. The
advantage of an upflow filter is that with an upflow backwash the
particles of a single filter medium are distributed and- maintained in
the desired coarse-to-fine (bottom-to-top) arrangement. The
disadvantage is that the bed tends to become fluidized, which ruins
filtration efficiency. The biflow design is an attempt to overcome
this problem.
The classic granular bed filter operates by gravity flow; however,
pressure filters are fairly widely used. They permit higher solids
loadings before cleaning and are advantageous when the filter effluent
must be pressurized for further downstream treatment. In addition,
pressure filter systems are often less costly for low to moderate flow
rates.
Figure VII-5 (page 264) depicts a high rate, dual media, gravity
downflow granular bed filter, with self-stored backwash. Both
filtrate and backwash are piped around the bed in an arrangement that
permits gravity upflow of the backwash, with the stored filtrate
serving as backwash. Addition of the indicated coagulant and
polyelectrolyte usually results in a substantial improvement in filter
performance.
Auxiliary filter cleaning is sometimes employed in the upper few
inches of filter beds. This is conventionally referred to as surface
wash and is accomplished by water jets just below the surface of the
expanded bed during the backwash cycle. These jets enhance the
scouring action in the bed by increasing the agitation.
An important feature for successful filtration and backwashing is the
underdrain. This is the support structure for the bed. The
underdrain provides an area for collection of the filtered water
without clogging from either the filtered solids or the media grains.
In addition, the underdrain prevents loss of the media with the water,
and during the backwash cycle it provides even flow distribution over
the bed. Failure to dissipate the velocity head during the filter or
backwash cycle will result in bed upset and the need for major
repairs.
Several standard approaches are employed for filter underdrains. The
simplest one consists of a parallel porous pipe imbedded under a layer
of coarse gravel and manifolded to a header pipe for effluent removal.
Other approaches to the underdrain system are known as the Leopold and
Wheeler filter bottoms. Both of these incorporate false concrete
bottoms with specific porosity configurations to provide drainage and
velocity head dissipation.
201
-------
Filter system operation may be manual or automatic. The filter
backwash cycle may be on a timed basis, a pressure drop basis with a
terminal value which triggers backwash, or a solids carryover basis
from turbidity monitoring of the outlet stream. All of these schemes
have been used successfully.
Application and Performance. Wastewater treatment plants often use
granular bed filters for polishing after clarification, sedimentation,
or other similar operations. Granular bed filtration thus has
potential application to nearly all industrial plants. Chemical
additives which enhance the upstream treatment equipment may or may
not be compatible with or enhance the filtration process. Normal
operating flow rates for various types of filters are as follows:
Slow Sand
Rapid Sand
High Rate Mixed Media
2.04 - 5.30 1/sq m~hr
40.74 - 51.48 1/sq m-hr
81.48 - 122.22 1/sq m-hr
Suspended solids are commonly removed from wastewater streams by
filtering through a deep 0.3-0.9 m (1-3 feet) granular filter bed.
The porous bed formed by the granular media can be designed to remove
practically all suspended particles. Even colloidal suspensions
(roughly 1 to 100 microns) are adsorbed on the surface of the media
grains as they pass in close proximity in the narrow bed passages.
Properly operated filters following some pretreatment to reduce
suspended solids below 200 mg/1 should produce water with less than 10
mg/1 TSS. For example, multimedia filters produced the effluent
qualities shown in Table VII-8 below.
Table VII-8
Plant ID ft
06097
13924
18538
30172
36048
mean
Multimedia Filter Performance
TSS Effluent Concentration, mg/1
0.
1 .
3.
1 .
1 .
2.
2.
o,
8,
o,
0
4,
1,
61
0.
2.
2.
7.
2.
o,
2,
o,
o,
6,
0.
5.
5.
1 .
1 .
5
6, 4.0, 4.0, 3.0, 2.
6, 3.6, 2.4, 3.4
0
5
2.8
Advantages and Limitations. The principal advantages of granular bed
filtration are its low initial and operating costs, reduced land
requirements over other methods to achieve the same level of solids
removal, and elimination of chemical additions to the discharge
202
-------
stream. However, the filter may require pretreatment if the solids
level is high (over 100 mg/1). Operator training must be somewhat
extensive due to the controls arid periodic backwashing involved, and
backwash must be stored and dewatered for economical disposal.
Operational Factors. Reliability: The recent improvements in filter
technology have significantly improved filtration reliability.
Control systems, improved designs, and good operating procedures have
made filtration a highly reliable method of water treatment.
Maintainability: Deep bed filters may be operated with either manual
or automatic backwash. In either case, they must be periodically
inspected for media attrition, partial plugging, and leakage. Where
backwashing is not used, collected solids must be removed by
shoveling, and filter media must be at least partially replaced.
Solid Waste Aspects: Filter backwash is generally recycled within the
wastewater treatment system, so that the solids ultimately appear in
the clarifier sludge stream for subsequent dewatering. Alternatively,
the backwash stream may be dewatered directly or, if there is no
backwash, the collected solids may be disposed of in a suitable
landfill. In either of these situations there is a solids disposal
problem similar to that of clarifiers.
Demonstration Status. Deep bed filters are in common use in municipal
treatment plants. Their use in polishing industrial clarifier
effluent is increasing, and the technology is proven and conventional.
Granular bed filtration is used in many manufacturing plants. As
noted previously, however, little data is available characterizing the
effectiveness of filters presently in use within the industry.
Pressure Filtration
Pressure filtration works by pumping the liquid through a filter
material which is impenetrable to the solid phase. The positive
pressure exerted by the feed pumps or other mechanical means provides
the pressure differential which is the principal driving force.
Figure VII-6 (page 265) represents the operation of one type of
pressure filter.
A typical pressure filtration unit consists of a number of plates or
trays which are held rigidly in a frame to ensure alignment and which
are pressed together between a fixed end and ai traveling end. On the
surface of each plate is mounted a filter made of cloth or a synthetic
fiber. The feed stream is pumped into the unit and passes through
holes in the trays along the length of the press until the cavities or
chambers between the trays are completely filled. The solids are then
entrapped, and a cake begins to form on the surface of the filter
203
-------
material.
retained.
The water passes through the fibers, and the solids are
At the bottom of the trays are drainage ports. The filtrate is
collected and discharged to a common drain. As the filter medium
becomes coated with sludge, the flow of filtrate through the filter
drops sharply, indicating that the capacity of the filter has been
exhausted. The unit must then be cleaned of the sludge. After the
cleaning or replacement of the filter media, the unit is again ready
for operation.
Application and Performance. Pressure filtration is used in coil
coating for sludge dewatering and also for direct removal of
precipitated and other suspended solids from wastewater.
Because dewatering is such a common operation in treatment systems,
pressure filtration is a technique which can be found in many
industries concerned with removing solids from their waste stream.
In a typical pressure filter, chemically preconditioned sludge
detained in the unit for one to three hours under pressures varying
from 5 to 13 atmospheres exhibited final solids content between 25 and
50 percent.
Advantages and Limitations. The pressures which may be applied to a
sludge for removal of water by filter presses that are currently
available range from 5 to 13 atmospheres. As a result, pressure
filtration may reduce the amount of chemical pretreatment required for
sludge dewatering. Sludge retained in the form of the filter cake has
a higher percentage of solids than that from centrifuge or vacuum
filter. Thus, it can be easily accommodated by materials handling
systems.
As a primary solids removal technique, pressure filtration requires
less space than clarification and is well suited to streams with high
solids loadings. The sludge produced may be disposed without further
dewatering, but the amount of sludge is increased by the use of filter
precoat materials (usually diatomaceous earth). Also, cloth pressure
filters often do -not achieve as high a degree of effluent
clarification as clarifiers or granular media filters.
Two disadvantages associated with pressure filtration in the past have
been the short life of the filter cloths and lack of automation. New
synthetic fibers have largely offset the first of these problems.
Also, units with automatic feeding and pressing cycles are now avail-
able.
204
-------
For larger operations, the relatively high space requirements^ as
compared to those of a centrifuge, could be prohibitive in some
situations.
Operational Factors. Reliability: With proper pretreatment, design,
and control, pressure filtration is a highly dependable system.
Maintainability: Maintenance consists of periodic cleaning or
replacement of the filter media, drainage grids, drainage piping,
filter pans, and other parts of the system.. If the removal of the
sludge cake is not automated, additional time is required for this
operation.
Solid Waste Aspects: Because it is generally drier than other types
of sludges, the filter sludge cake can be handled with relative ease.
The accumulated sludge may be disposed by any of the accepted
procedures depending on its chemical composition. The levels of toxic
metals present in sludge from treating coil coating wastewater
necessitate proper disposal.
Demonstration Status. Pressure filtration is a
technology in a great many commercial applications.
Settling
commonly used
Settling is a process which removes solid particles from a liquid
matrix by gravitational force. This is done by reducing the velocity
of the feed stream in a large effected by reducing the velocity of the
feed stream in a large volume tank or lagoon so that gravitational
settling can occur. Figure VI1-7 (page 266) shows two typical
settling devices.
Settling is often preceded by chemical precipitation which converts
dissolved pollutants to solid form and by coagulation which enhances
settling by coagulating suspended precipitates into larger, faster
settling particles.
If no chemical pretreatment is used, the wastewater is fed into a tank
or lagoon where it loses velocity and the suspended solids are allowed
to settle out. Long retention times are generally required.
Accumulated sludge can be collected either periodically or
continuously and either manually or mechanically. Simple settling,
however, may require excessively large catchments, and long retention
times (days as compared with hours) to achieve high removal
efficiencies. Because of this, addition of settling aids such as alum
or polymeric flocculants is often economically attractive.
In practice, chemical precipitation often precedes settling, and
inorganic coagulants or polyelectrolytic flocculants are usually added
205
-------
as well. Common coagulants include sodium sulfate, sodium aluminate,
ferrous or ferric sulfate, and ferric chloride. Organic
polyelectrolytes vary in structure, but all usually form larger floe
particles than coagulants used alone.
Following this pretreatment, the wastewater can be fed into a holding
tank or lagoon for settling, but is more often piped into a clarifier
for the same purpose. A clarifier reduces space requirements, reduces
retention time, and increases solids removal efficiency. Conventional
clarifiers generally consist of a circular or rectangular tank with a
mechanical sludge collecting device or with a sloping funnel-shaped
bottom designed for sludge collection. In advanced settling devices
inclined plates, slanted tubes, or a lamellar network may be included
within the clarifier tank in order to increase the effective settling
area, increasing capacity. A fraction of the sludge stream is often
recirculated to the inlet, promoting formation of a denser sludge.
Application and Performance. Settling and clarification are used in
the coil coating category to remove precipitated metals. Settling can
be used to remove most suspended solids in a particular waste stream;
thus it is used extensively by many different industrial waste
treatment facilities. Because most metal ion pollutants are readily
converted to solid metal hydroxide precipitates, settling is of
particular use in those industries associated with metal production,
metal finishing, metal working, and any other industry with high
concentrations of metal ions in their wastewaters. In addition to
toxic metals, suitably precipitated materials effectively removed by
settling include aluminum, iron, manganese, cobalt, antimony,
beryllium, molybdenum, fluoride, phosphate, and many others.
A properly operating settling system can efficiently remove suspended
solids, precipitated metal hydroxides, and other impurities from
wastewater. The performance of the process depends on a variety of
factors, including the density and particle size of the solids, the
effective charge on the suspended particles, and the types of
chemicals used in pretreatment. The site of flocculant or coagulant
addition also may significantly influence the effectiveness of
clarification. If the flocculant is subjected to too much mixing
before entering the clarifier, the complexes may be sheared and the
settling effectiveness diminished. At the same time, the flocculant
must have sufficient mixing and reaction time in order for effective
set-up and settling to occur. Plant personnel have observed that the
line or trough leading into the clarifier is often the most efficient
site for flocculant addition. The performance of simple settling is a
function of the retention time, particle size and density, and the
surface area of the basin.
The data displayed in Table VI1-9 indicate suspended solids removal
efficiencies in settling systems.
206
-------
TABLE VI1-9
PERFORMANCE OF SAMPLED SETTLING SYSTEMS
PLANT ID
01057
09025
11058
12075
19019
33617
40063
44062
46050
SETTLING SUSPENDED SOLIDS CONCENTRATION (mg/1)
DEVICE Day 1 Day 2 Day 3
In
Out In
Out In
Out
Lagoon 54
Clarifier 1100
Settling
Ponds
Clarifier 451
Settling 284
Pond
Settling 170
Tank
Clarifier &
Lagoon
Clarifier 4390
Clarifier 182
Settling 295
Tank
6
9
17
6
1
9
13
10
56
1900
242
50
1662
3595
118
42
6
12
10
1
16
12
14
10
50
1620
502
1298
2805
174
153
5
5
14
13
23
8
The mean effluent TSS concentration obtained by the plants shown in
Table VI1-9 is 10.1 mg/1. Influent concentrations averaged 838 mg/1.
The maximum effluent TSS value reported is 23 mg/1. These plants all
use alkaline pH adjustment to precipitate metal hydroxides, and most
add a coagulant or flocculant prior to settling.
Advantages and Limitations. The major advantage of simple settling is
its simplicity as demonstrated by the gravitational settling of solid
particulate waste in a holding tank or lagoon. The major problem with
simple settling is the long retention time necessary to achieve
complete settling, especially if the specific gravity of the suspended
matter is close to that of water. Some materials cannot be
practically removed by simple settling alone.
Settling performed in a clarifier is effective in removing slow-
settling suspended matter in a shorter time and in less space than a
simple settling system. Also, effluent quality is often better from a
clarifier. The cost of installing and maintaining a clarifier,
however, is substantially greater than the costs associated with
simple settling.
Inclined plate, slant tube, and lamella settlers have even higher
removal efficiencies than conventional clarifiers, and greater
capacities per unit area are possible. Installed costs for these
advanced clarification systems are claimed to be one half the cost of
conventional systems of similar capacity.
207
-------
Operational Factors. Reliability: Settling can be a highly reliable
technology for removing suspended solids. Sufficient retention time
and regular sludge removal are important factors affecting the
reliability of all settling systems. Proper control of pH adjustment,
chemical precipitation, and coagulant or flocculant addition are
additional factors affecting settling efficiencies in systems
(frequently clarifiers) where these methods are used.
Those advanced settlers using slanted tubes, inclined plates, or a
lamellar network may require pre-screening of the waste in order to
eliminate any fibrous materials which could potentially clog the
system. Some installations are especially vulnerable to shock
loadings, as by storm water runoff, but proper system design will
prevent this.
Maintainability: When clarifiers or other advanced settling devices
are used, the associated system utilized for chemical pretreatment and
sludge dragout must be maintained on a regular basis. Routine
maintenance of mechanical parts is also necessary. Lagoons require
little maintenance other than periodic sludge removal.
Demonstrat ion Status
Settling represents the typical method of solids removal and is
employed extensively in industrial waste treatment. The advanced
clarifiers are just beginning to appear in significant numbers in
commercial applications. Sedimentation or clarification is used in
many coil coating plants as shown below.
Settling Device
Settling Tanks
Clarifier
Tube or Plate Settler
Lagoon
No. Plants
20
19
4
7
the
Settling is used both as part of end-of-pipe treatment and within
plant to allow recovery of process solutions and raw materials.
Skimming
Pollutants with a specific gravity less than water will often float
unassisted to the surface of the wastewater. Skimming removes these
floating wastes. Skimming normally takes place in a tank designed to
allow the floating debris to rise and remain on the surface, while the
liquid flows to an outlet located below the floating layer. Skimming
devices are therefore suited to the removal of non-emulsified oils
from raw waste streams. Common skimming mechanisms include the
rotating drum type, which picks up oil from the surface of the water
208
-------
as it rotates. A doctor blade scrapes oil from the drum and collects
it in a trough for disposal or reuse. The water portion is allowed to
flow under the rotating drum. Occasionally, an underflow baffle is
installed after the drum; this has the advantage of retaining any
floating oil which escapes the drum skimmer. The belt type skimmer is
pulled vertically through the water, collecting oil which is scraped
off from the surface and collected in a drum. Gravity separators,
such as the API type, utilize overflow and underflow baffles to skim a
floating oil layer from the surface of the wastewater. An overflow-
underflow baffle allows a small amount of wastewater (the oil portion)
to flow over into a trough for disposition or reuse while the majority
of the water flows underneath the baffle. This is followed by an
overflow baffle, which is set at a height relative to the first baffle
such that only the oil bearing portion will flow over the first baffle
during normal plant operation. A diffusion device, such as a vertical
slot baffle, aids in creating a uniform flow 'through the system and
increasing oil removal efficiency.
Application and Performance. Oil cle;aned from the strip is a
principal source of oil. Skimming is applicable to any waste stream
containing pollutants which float to the surface. It is commonly used
to remove free oil, grease, and soaps. Skimming is often used in
conjunction with air flotation or clarification in order to increase
its effectiveness.
The removal efficiency of a skimmer is partly a function of the
retention time of the water in the tank. Larger, more buoyant
particles require less retention time than smaller particles. Thus,
the efficiency also depends on the composition of the waste stream.
The retention time required to allow phase separation and subsequent
skimming varies from 1 to 15 minutes, depending on the wastewater
characteristics.
API or other gravity-type separators tend to be more suitable for use
where the amount of surface oil flowing through the system is
consistently significant. Drum and belt type skimmers are applicable
to wajste streams which evidence smaller amounts of floating oil and
where surges of floating oil are not a problem. Using an API
separator system in conjunction with a drum type skimmer would be a
very effective method of removing floating contaminants from non-
emulsified oily waste streams. Sampling data shown below illustrate
the capabilities of the technology with both extremely high and
moderate oil influent levels.
209
-------
Table VII-10
SKIMMING PERFORMANCE
Oil & Grease
mg/1
Plant Skimmer Type
06058 API
06058 Belt
In
224,669
19.4
Out
17.9
8.3
Based on data from installations in a variety of manufacturing plants,
it is determined that effluent oil levels may be reliably reduced
below 10 mg/1 with moderate influent concentrations. Very high
concentrations of oil such as the 22 percent shown above may require
two step treatment to achieve this level.
Skimming which removes oil may also be used to remove base levels of
organics. Plant sampling data show that many organic compounds tend
to be removed in standard wastewater treatment equipment. Oil
separation not only removes oil but also organics that are more
soluble in oil than in water. Clarification removes organic solids
directly and probably removes dissolved organics by adsorption on
inorganic solids.
The source of these organic pollutants is not always known with
certainty, although in the copper and copper alloy industry they seem
to derive mainly from various process lubricants. They are also
sometimes present in the plant water supply, as additives to
proprietary formulations of cleaners, or due to leaching from plastic
lines and other materials.
High molecular weight organics in particular are much more soluble in
organic solvents than in water. Thus they are much more concentrated
in the oil phase that is skimmed than in the wastewater. The ratio of
solubilities of a compound in oil and water phases is called the
partition coefficient. The logarithm of the partition coefficients
for fifteen polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in octanol and water are
tabulated.
210
-------
PAH
Priority Pollutant No.
1
39
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
Log Octanol/Water
Partition Coefficient
4.33
5.33
5.61
6.04
6.57
6.84
5.61
4.07
4.45
7.23
4.18
4.46
5.97
7.66
5.32
A study of priority organic compounds commonly found in copper and
copper alloy waste streams indicated that incidental removal of these
compounds often occurs as a result of oil removal or clarification
processes. When all organics analyses from visited plants are
considered, removal of organic compounds by other waste treatment
technologies appears to be marginal in many cases. However, when only
raw waste concentrations of 0.05 mg/1 or greater are considered
incidental organics removal becomes much more apparent. Lower values,
those less than 0.05 mg/1, are much more subject to analytical
variation, while higher values indicate a significant presence of a
given compound. When these factors are taken into account, analysis
data indicate that most clarification and oil removal treatment
systems remove significant amounts of the organic compounds present in
the raw waste. The API oil-water separation system and the thermal
emulsion breaker (TEB) performed notably in this regard, as shown in
the following table (all values in mg/1),,
211
-------
TABLE VII-11
TRACE ORGANIC REMOVAL BY SKIMMING
Oil & Grease
Chloroform
Methylene Chloride
Naphthalene
N-nitrosodiphenylamine
Bis-2-ethylhexylphthalate
Diethyl phthalate
Butylbenzylphthalate
Di-n-octyl phthalate
Anthracene - phenanthrene
Toluene
API (06058)
Inf.
225,000
.023
.013
2.31
59.0
11 .0
.005
. 01 9
16.4
.02
Eff.
TEB (04086)
Inf. Eff,
14.6
.007
.012
.004
.182
.027
—
2,590
0
0
1 .
-
1 .
•
83
55
017
002
002
014
012
144
10.3
0
0
.003
.018
.005
.002
Data from five plant days demonstrate removal of organics by the
combined oil skimming and settling operations performed on coil
coating wastewaters. Days were chosen where treatment system influent
and effluent analyses provided paired data points for oil and grease
and the organics present. All organics found at quantifiable levels
on those days were included. Further, only those days were chosen
where oil and grease raw wastewater concentrations exceeded 10 mg/1
and where there was reduction in oil and grease going through the
treatment system. All plant sampling days which met the above
criteria are included below. The conclusion is that when oil and
grease are removed, organics are removed, also.
Plant-Day
1054-3
13029-2
13029-3
38053-1
38053-2
Percent Removal
Oil & Grease Orqanics
95.9 98.2
98.3 78.0
95.1 77.0
96.8 81.3
98.5 86.3
The unit operation most applicable to removal of trace priority
organics is adsorption, and chemical oxidation is another possibility.
Biological degradation is not generally applicable because the
organics are not present in sufficient concentration to sustain a
biomass and because most of the organics are resistant to
biodegradation.
212
-------
Advantages and Limitations. Skimming as a pretreatment is effective
in removing naturally floating waste material. It also improves the
performance of subsequent downstream treatments.
Many pollutants, particularly dispersed or emulsified oil, will not
float "naturally" but require additional treatments. Therefore,
skimming alone may not remove all the pollutants capable of being
removed by air flotation or other more sophisticated technologies.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Because of its simplicity,
skimming is a very reliable technique.
skimming mechanism requires
periodic
Maintainability? The skimming mechan
lubrication, adjustment, and replacement of worn parts.
Solid Waste Aspects: The collected layer of debris must be disposed
of by contractor removal, landfill, or incineration. Because
relatively large quantities of water are present in the collected
wastes, incineration is not always a viable disposal method.
Demonstration Status. Skimming is a common operation utilized
extensively by industrial waste treatment systems. Oil skimming is
used in seven coil coating plants.
MAJOR TECHNOLOGY EFFECTIVENESS
The performance of individual treatment technologies was presented
above. Performance of operating systems is discussed.here. Two
different systems are considered: L&S (hydroxide precipitation and
sedimentation or lime and settle) and LS&F (hydroxide.precipitation,
sedimentation and , filtration or lime, settle, and filter).
Subsequently, an analysis of effectiveness of such systems is made to
develop one-day maximum and thirty-day average concentration levels to
be used in regulating pollutants. Evaluation of the L&S and the LS&F
systems is carried out on the assumption that chemical reduction of
chromium, cyanide precipitation, and oil skimming are installed and
operating properly where appropriate.
L&S Performance
Sampling data was analyzed from fifty-five industrial plants which use
chemical precipitation as a waste treatment technology. These plants
include the electroplating, mechanical products, metal finishing, coil
coating, porcelain enameling, battery manufacturing, copper forming
and aluminum forming categories. These wastewaters are similar in all
material respects because they are derived from metal surfacing and
processing operations and contain significant amounts of metals, TSS
and sometimes O&G. Most usually these wastewaters are acidic in
213
-------
character and contain dissolved metals. All of the plants employ pH
adjustment and hydroxide precipitation using lime or caustic, followed
by settling (tank, lagoon or clarifier) for solids removal. Most also
add a coagulant or flocculant prior to solids removal. No sample
analyses were included where effluent TSS levels exceeded 50 mg/1 or
where the effluent pH fell below 7.0. This was done to exclude any
data which represented clearly inadequate operation of the treatment
system.
Plots were made of the available data for eight metal pollutants
showing effluent concentration vs. raw waste concentration (Figures
VII-8 through VII-16, pages 267-275) for each parameter. In order to
demonstrate how applicable these data are, the coil coating data
points have been indicated. Analysis of the raw waste loads and
treatment effectiveness data for coil coating, when compared with the
pool of data points from the various categories selected, demonstrates
that raw waste load characteristics of both sets of waste streams are
similar and that similar effectiveness is achieved in both sets. For
example (as Figure VII-9 demonstrates), the raw chromium waste loads
of the 11 coil coating sampling days are in the upper range of the 64
reported, yet the effectiveness levels achieved are entirely typical
of the levels by the entire pool. The conclusion, therefore, is that
the treatment effectiveness data of the entire pool of selected
categories can be used to determine the effectiveness of metals
removal for coil coating. Table VII-12 summarizes data shown in
Figures VII-8 through VII-16, tabulating for each pollutant of
interest the number of data points and average of observed values.
TABLE VII-12
Hydroxide Precipitation - Settling (L&S) Performance
Specific
metal
Cd
Cr
Cu
Pb
Ni
Zn
Fe
Mn
P
No. data
points
38
64
74
85
61
69
88
20
44
.Observed
Average
0.013
0.47
0.61
0.034
0.84
0.40
0.57
0.11
4.08
A number of other pollutant parameters were considered with regard to
the performance of hydroxide precipitation-settling treatment systems
in removing them from industrial wastewater. Sampling data for most
214
-------
of these parameters is scarce, so published sources were consulted for
the determination of average and 24-hour maximum concentrations.
The available data indicate that the concentrations shown in Table
VI1-13 are reliably attainable with hydroxide precipitation and
settling. The precipitation of silver appears to be accomplished by
alkaline chloride precipitation and adequate chloride ions must be
available for this reaction to occur.
The information on these other parameters in Table VII-13 was
extracted from four documents:
Development Document for Effluent Limitations Guidelines and New
Source Performance Standards for the Miscellaneous Nonferrous Metals
Segment of the Nonferrous Metals Point Source Category, U.S. E.P.A,
EPA-440/1-76/067, March, 1979.
Addendum to Development Document for Effluent Limitations Guidelines
and New Source Performance Standards, Major Inorganic Products Segment
of Inorganic Chemicals Manufacturing Point Source Category, U.S.
E.P.A., E.P.A. Contract No. EPA-68-01-3281 (Task 7), June, ]978.
Development Document for BAT Effluent Limitations Guidelines and New
Source Performance- Standards for the Ore Mining and Dressing Industry,
U.S. E.P.A., E.P.A. Contract No. 68-01-4845, September, 1979.
Development Document for Effluent Limitations Guidelines and New
Source Performance Standards for the Ore Mining and Dressing Point
Source Category, U.S. E.P.A., PB-286520 and PB - 286521, April/July
1978.
TABLE VII-13 .
Hydroxide Precipitation-Settling (L&S) Performance
ADDITIONAL PARAMETERS
Parameter
(mg/1)
Sb
As
Be
Hg
Se
Ag
Al
Co
F
Ti
Average
0.05
0.05
0.3
0.03
0.01
0.10
0.2
0.07
15
0.01
24-Hour Maximum
0.50
0.50
1 .0
0.10
0.10
0.30
0.55
0.50
30
0.10
215
-------
LS&F Performance
Tables VII-14 and VII-15 show long term data from two plants which
have well operated precipitation-settling treatment followed by
filtration. The wastewaters from both plants contain pollutants from
metals processing and finishing operations (multi-category). Both
plants reduce hexavalent chromium before neutralizing and
precipitating metals with lime. A clarifier is used to remove much of
the solids load and a filter is used to "polish" or complete removal
of suspended solids. Plant A uses pressure filtration, while Plant B
uses a rapid sand filter.
Raw waste data was collected only occasionally at each facility and
the raw waste data is presented as an indication of the nature of the
wastewater treated. Data from plant A was received as a statistical
summary and is presented as received. Raw laboratory data was
collected at plant B and reviewed for spurious points and
discrepancies. The method of treating the data base is discussed
below under lime, settle, and filter treatment effectiveness.
216
-------
TABLE VII-14
PRECIPITATION-SETTLING-FILTRATION (LS&F) PERFORMANCE
Plant A
Parameters No Pts
For 1979-Treated
Cr
Cu
Ni
Zn
Fe
For 1978-Treated
Cr
Cu
Ni
Zn
Fe
Raw Waste
Cr
Cu
Ni
Zn
Fe
Range mq/1
Mean +
std . d"ev .
Mean
std.
+ 2
dev.
Wastewater
47
12
47
47
0.
0.
0.
0.
015
01
08
08
- 0.
- 0.
- 0.
- 0.
13
03
64
53
0.
0.
0.
0.
045
019
22
17
+ 0.
+ 0.
*0.
+ 0.
029
006
13
09
)
0.
0.
0.
0.
10
03
48
35
Wastewater
47
28
47
47
21
5
5
5
5
5
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
32.
0.
1 .
33.
10.
01
005
10
08
26
0
08
65
2
0
- 0.
- 0.
- 0.
- 2.
- 1 .
- 72
- 0
- 20
- 32
- 95
07
055
92
35
1
.0
.45
.0
.0
.0
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
06
016
20
23
49
+ 0.
+ 0.
+ 0.
+0.
+0.
10
010
14
34
18
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
26
04
48
91
85
217
-------
TABLE VII-15
PRECIPITATION-SETTLING-FILTRATION (LS&F) PERFORMANCE
Plant B
Parameters
No Pts.
For 1979-Treated Wastewater
Range mg/1
Cr
Cu
Ni
Zn
Fe
TSS
175
176
175
175
174
2
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0
0
01
01
01
1 .00 -
• 0.40
• 0.22
• 1 .49
• 0.66
• 2.40
1.00
For 1978-Treated Wastewater
Cr
Cu
Ni
Zn
Fe
144
143
143
131
144
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
- 1
0.70
0.23
.03
0.24
1 .76
Total 1974-1979-Treated Wastewater
Cr
Cu
Ni
Zn
Fe
Raw Waste
Cr
Cu
Ni
Zn
Fe
TSS
1288
1290
1287
1273
1287
3
3
3
2
3
2
0.0
0.0
0,
0,
0,
0,
0.
1 .
0,
3,
56
23
88
66
15
Mean +_
std. dev.
0.068 +0.075
0.024 +0.021
0.219 +0.234
0.054 +0.064
0.303 +0.398
0.059 +0.088
0.017 +0.020
0.147 +0.142
0.037 +0.034
0.200 +0.223
0.038 +0.055
0.011 +0.016
0.184 +0.211
0.035 +0.045
0.402 +0.509
Mean + 2
std. dev,
0.22
0.07
0.69
0.18
1 .10
0.24
0.06
0.43
0.11
0.47
0.15
0.04
0.60
0.13
1 .42
2.80
0.09
1 .61
2.35
3.13
177
- 9.15
- 0.27
- 4.89
- 3.39
-35.9
-446
5.90
0.17
3.33
22.4
These data are presented to demonstrate the performance of
precipitation-settling-filtration (LS&F) technology under actual
operating conditions and over a long period of time.
It should be noted that the iron content of the raw waste of both
plants is high. This results in coprecipitation of toxic metals with
iron, a process sometimes called ferrite precipitation. Ferrite
precipitation using high-calcium lime for pH control yields the
218
-------
results shown above. Plant operating personnel indicate that this
chemical treatment combination (sometimes with polymer assisted
coagulation) generally produces better and more consistant metals
removal than other combinations of sacrificial metal ions and alkalis.
Analysis of Treatment System Effectiveness
Data were presented in Tables VI1-14 and VI1-15 showing the
effectiveness of L&S and LS&F technologies when applied to coil
coating or essentially similar wastewaters. An analysis of these data
has been made to develop one-day-maximum and 30-day-average values for
use in establishing effluent limitations and standards. Several
approaches were investigated and considered. These approaches are
briefly discussed and the average (mean), 30-day average, and maximum
(1-day) values are tabulated for L&S and LS&F technologies.
L&S technology data are presented in Figures VI1-8 through VI1-16 and
are summarized in Table VII-12. The data summary shows observed
average values. To develop the required regulatory base
concentrations from these data, variability factors were transferred
from electroplating pretreatment (Electroplating Pretreatment
Development Document, 440/1-79/003, page 397). and applied to the
observed average values. One-day-maximum and 30-day-average values
were calculated and are presented in Table VII-16.
For the pollutants for which no observed one-day variability factor
values are available the average variability factor from
electroplating one-day values (i.e. 3.18) was used to calculate one-
day maximum regulatory values from average (mean) values presented in
Tables VII-12 and VII-13. Likewise, the average variability factor
from electroplating 30-day-average variability factors (i.e. 1.3) was
used to calculate 30-day average regulatory values. These calculated
one-day maximums and 30-day averages, to be used for regulations, are
presented in Table VII-16.
219
-------
Variability Factors of Lime and Settle (L&S) Technology
Metal one-day maximum 30 day average
Cd
Cr
Cu
Pb
Ni
Zn
Fe
Mean
electro-
plating
2.9
3.9
3.2
2.9
2.9
3.0
3.81
3.18
electro-
plating
1 .3
1.4
1 .3
1 .3
1 .3
1 .3
1 .3
1 .3
LS&F technology data are presented in Tables VII-14 and VI1-15. These
data represent two operating plants (A and B) in which the technology
has been installed and operated for some years. Plant A data was
received as a statistical summary and is presented without change.
Plant B data was received as raw laboratory analysis data.
Discussions with plant personnel indicated that operating experiments
and changes in materials and reagents and occasional operating errors
had occured during the data collection period. No specific
information was available on those variables. To sort out high values
probably caused by methodological factors from random statistical
variability, or data noise, the plant B data were analyzed. For each
of four pollutants (chromium, nickel, zinc, and iron), the mean and
standard deviation (sigma) were calculated for the entire data set. A
data day was removed from the complete data set when any individual
pollutant concentration for that day exceeded the sum of the mean plus
three sigma for that pollutant. Fifty-one data days (from a total of
about 1400) were eliminated by this method.
Another approach was also used as a check on the above method of
eliminating certain high values. The minimum values of raw wastewater
concentrations from Plant B for the same four pollutants were compared
to the total set of values for the corresponding pollutants. Any day
on which the pollutant concentration exceeded the minimum value
selected from raw wastewater concentrations for that pollutant was
discarded. Forty-five days of data were eliminated by that procedure.
Forty-three days of data were eliminated by either procedures. Since
common engineering practice (mean plus 3 sigma) and logic (treated
waste should be less than raw waste) seem to coincide, the data base
with the 51 spurious data days eliminated will be the basis for all
further analysis. Range, mean, standard deviation and mean plus two
standard deviations are shown in Tables VII-14 and VII-15 for Cr, Cu,
Ni, Zn and Fe.
220
-------
The Plant B data was separated into 1979, 1978, and total data base
segments. With the statistical analysis from Plant A for 1978 and
1979 this .in effect created five data sets in which there is some
overlap between the individual years and total data sets from Plant B.
By comparing these five parts it is apparent that they are quite
similar and all appear to be from the same family of numbers.
Selecting the greatest mean and greatest mean plus two standard
deviations draws values from four of the five data bases. These
values are displayed in the first two columns of Table VII-B and
represent one approach to analysis of the LS&F data to obtain average
(mean) and one-day maximum values for regulatory purposes.
The other candidates for regulatory values are presented below and
were derived by multiplying the mean by the appropriate variability
factor from electroplating. These values are the ones used for one-
day maximum and 30-day average regulatory numbers.
Analysis of Plant A and Plant B data
Composite Composite
Mean X Mean X
Plant B One Day 30 day
Composite Mean* .Electpltg. Electpltg.
Mean 2 sigma Var.Fact. Var.Fact.
Cr 0.068
Cu 0.02
Ni 0.22
Zn 0.23
Fe 0.49
0.26
0.07
0.69
0.91
1 .42
0.27
0.077
0.64
0.69
1 .87
0.095
0.026
0.286
0.299
0.637
Concentration values for regulatory use are displayed in Table VI1-16.
Mean values for L&S were taken from Tables VII-12, VII-13, and the
discussions following Tables VI1-9, and VII-10. Thirty-day average
and one-day maximum values for L&S were derived from means and
variability factors as discussed earlier under L&S.
Copper levels achieved at Plants A and B may be lower than generally
achievable because of the high iron content and low copper content of
the raw wastewaters. Therefore, the mean concentration value achieved
is not used; LS&F mean used is derived from the L&S technology.
The mean concentration of lead is not reduced from the L&S value
because of the relatively high solubility of lead carbonate.
L&S cyanide mean levels shown in Table VI1-7 are ratioed to one day
maximum and 30 day average values using mean variability factors.
221
-------
variability for
(destruction) of
method used here
precipitation is
LS&F mean cyanide is calculated by applying the ratios of removals L&S
and LS&F as discussed previously for LS&F metals limitations. The
cyanide performance was arrived at by using the average of the metal
variability factors from the electroplating pretreatment development
document. The electroplating report provides a variability factor for
cyanide but that is not used here. The development of the cyanide
electroplating was based on the treatment
cyanide by oxidation (chlorination). The treatment
is cyanide precipitation. Because cyanide
limited by the same physical processes as the metal
precipitation, it is expected that the variabilities will be similar.
Therefore, the average of the metal variability factors has been used
as a basis for calculating the cyanide daily maximum and thirty day
average treatment effectiveness values.
The filter performance for removing TSS as shown in Table VI1-8 yields
a mean effluent concentration of 2.61 mg/1 and calculates to a 30 day
average of 5.58 mg/1; a one day maximum of 8.23. These calculated
values more than amply support the classic values of 10 and 15,
respectively, which are used for LS&F.
Mean values for LS&F for pollutants not already discussed are derived
by reducing the L&S mean by one-third. The one-third reduction was
established after examining the percent reduction in concentrations
going from L&S to LS&F data for Cr, Ni, Zn, and TSS. The reductions
were 85 percent, 74 percent, 54 percent, and 74 percent, respectively.
The 33 percent reduction is conservative when compared to the smallest
reduction for metals removals of more than 50 percent in going from
L&S to LS&F.
The one-day maximum and 30-day average values for LS&F for pollutants
for which data were not available were derived by multiplying the
means by the average one-day and 30-day variability factors. Although
iron was reduced in some LS&F operations, some facilities using that
treatment introduce iron compounds to aid settling. Therefore the
value for iron at LS&F was held at the L&S level so as to not unduly
penalize the operations which use the relatively less objectionable
iron compounds to enhance removals of toxic metals.
MINOR TECHNOLOGIES
Several other treatment technologies were considered for possible
application in BPT or BAT. These technologies are presented here with
a full discussion for most of them. A few are described only briefly
because of limited technical development.
222
-------
Pollutant
Parameter
114 Sb
115 As
117 Be
118 Cd
119 Cr
120 Cu
121 CN
122 Pb
123 Hg
124
125
126
128
Ni
Se
Ag
Zn
Al
Co
F
Fe
Mn
P
Ti
O&G
TSS
TABLE VII-16
Summary of Treatment Effectiveness
(mg/1)
L&S
Technology
System
10.1
Carbon Adsorption
35.0
LS&F
Technology
System
Mean
0.05
0.05
0.3
0.02
0.47
0.61
0.07
0.034
0.03
0.84
0.01
0.1
0.5
0.2
0.07
15
0.57
0.11
4.08
0.01
One
Day
Max.
0.16
0.16
0.96
0.06
1 .83
1 .95
0.22
0.10
0.10
1 .44
0.03
0.32
1.5
0.64
0.22
47.7
2. 17
0.35
13.0
0.03
20.0
Thirty
Day
Ave.
0.07
0.07
0.39
0.03
0.66
0.79
0.09
0.05
0.04
1 .09
0.01
0.13
0.65
0.26
0.09
19.5
0.74
0.14
5.30
0.01
10.0
Mean
0.033
0.033
0.20
0.014
0.07
0.41
0.047
0.034
0.02
0.22
0.007
0.007
0.23
0.14
0.047
10.0
0.079
2.78
0.007
One
Day
Max.
0.11
0.11
0.63
0.041
0.27
1 .31
0. 15
0.10
0.063
0.64
0.021
0.21
0.69
0.45
0.147
31 .5
0.23
8.57
0.021
Thirty
Day
Ave.
0.043
0.043
0.26
0.018
0. 10
0.53
0.06
0.044
0.026
0.29
0.009
0.087
0.30
0.18
0.061
13.0
0.095
3.54
0.009
25.0
2.6
15.0
10.0
The use of activated carbon to remove dissolved organics
from water and wastewater is a long demonstrated technology.
It is one of the most efficient organic removal
processes available. This sorption process is reversible, allowing
223
-------
activated carbon to be regenerated for reuse by the application
of heat and steam or solvent. Activated carbon has also proved
to be an effective adsorbent for many toxic metals, including
mercury. Regeneration of carbon which has adsorbed significant
metals, however, may be difficult.
The term activated carbon applies to any amorphous form of carbon
that has been specially treated to give high adsorption capacities.
Typical raw materials include coal, wood, coconut shells, petroleum
base residues and char from sewage sludge pyrolysis. A carefully
controlled process of dehydration, carbonization, and oxidation
yields a product which is called activated carbon. This material
has a high capacity for adsorption due primarily to the large
surface area available for adsorption, 500-1500 m2/sq m
resulting from a large number of internal pores. Pore sizes
generally range from 10-100 angstroms in radius.
Activated carbon removes contaminants from water by the process
of adsorption, or the attraction and accumulation of one substance
on the surface of another. Activated carbon preferentially
adsorbs organic compounds and, because of this selectivity, is
particularly effective in removing organic compounds from aqueous solution.
Carbon adsorption requires pretreatment to remove excess suspended
solids, oils, and greases. Suspended solids in the influent should
be less than 50 mg/1 to minimize backwash requirements; a downflow
carbon bed can handle much higher levels (up to 2000 mg/1), but
requires frequent backwashing. Backwashing more than two or
three times a day is not desirable; at 50 mg/1 suspended solids one
backwash will suffice. Oil and grease should be less than about
10 mg/1. A high level of dissolved inorganic material in the
influent may cause problems with thermal carbon reactivation
(i.e., scaling and loss of activity) unless appropriate preventive
steps are taken. Such steps might include pH control, softening,
or the use of an acid wash on the carbon prior to reactivation.
Activated carbon is available in both powdered and granular form.
An adsorption column packed with granular activated carbon is shown in Figu
Powdered carbon is less expensive per unit weight and may have
slightly higher adsorption capacity, but it is more difficult to handle and
Application and Performance.
Carbon adsorption is used to remove mercury from wastewaters.
The removal rate is influenced by the mercury level in the influent to the a
Removal levels found at three manufacturing facilities are:
224
-------
Table VII-17
ACTIVATED CARBON PERFORMANCE (MERCURY)
Mercury levels - mg/1
Plant
A
B
C
In
28.0
0.36
0.008
Out
0.9
0.015
0.0005
In the aggregate these data indicate that very low effluent levels
could be attained from any raw waste by use of multiple adsorption
stages. This is characteristic of adsorption processes.
Isotherm tests have indicated that activated carbon is very effective
in adsorbing 65 percent of the organic priority pollutants and is
reasonably effective for another 22 percent. Specifically, for the
organics of particular1 interest, activated carbon was very effective
in removing 2,4-dimethylphenol, fluoranthene, isophorone, naphthalene,
all phthalates, and phenanthrene. It was reasonably effective on
1,1,1-trichloroethane, 1,1-dichloroethan.e, phenol, and toluene. Table
VII-18 (page 277) summarizes the treatability effectiveness for most
of the organic priority pollutants by activated carbon as compiled by
EPA. Table VII-19 (page 278) summarizes classes of organic compounds
together with examples of organics that are readily adsorbed on
carbon.
Advantages and Limitations. The major benefits of carbon treatment
include applicability to a wide variety of organics, and high removal
efficiency. Inorganics such as cyanide, chromium, and mercury are
also removed effectively. Variations in concentration and flow rate
are well tolerated. The system is compact, and recovery of adsorbed
materials is sometimes practical. However, destruction of adsorbed
compounds often occurs during thermal regeneration. If carbon cannot
be thermally desorbed, it must be disposed of along with any adsorbed
pollutants. The capital and operating costs of thermal regeneration
are relatively high. Cost surveys show that thermal regeneration is
generally economical when carbon usage exceeds about 1,000 Ib/day.
Carbon cannot remove low molecular weight or highly soluble organics.
It also has a low tolerance for suspended solids, which must be
removed to at least 50 mg/1 in the influent water.
Operational Factors. Reliability: This system should be very
reliable with upstream protection and proper operation and maintenance
procedures.
225
-------
Maintainability:
This system requires periodic regeneration or
Carb°n and is dePendent upon raw waste load and
activated*® ShonS: ^°Jid WaSte fr°m this Process ^ contaminated
activated carbon that requires disposal. Carbon underaoes
regeneration, reduces the solid waste problem by Educing the
frequency of carbon replacement. euuciny trie
Demonstration Status. Carbon adsorption systems have been
demonstrated to be practical and economical in reducing COD? BOD and
related parameters in secondary municipal and industrial wastewaters-
i2^22?iU2 -C °r refract°ry. organics from isolated industrial
2»Sf ^ S; ^ • removin9 and recovering certain organics from
wastewaters; and in the removing and some times recovering, of
selected inorganic chemicals from aqueous wastes. Carbon adsorption
,,« Ji i f economic process for organic waste streams containing
p,.to^.J. to 5 Percent of refractory or toxic organics Its
demonstrated^ ^ rem°val of inorganics such as metals has also been
Centrifuqation
o- th
-------
feed for cake discharge for a minute or two
overall cycle.
in a 10 to 30 minute
The third type of centrifuge commonly used in sludge dewatering is the
conveyor type. Sludge is fed through a stationary feed pipe into a
rotating bowl in which the solids are settled out against the bowl
wall by centrifugal force. From the bowl wall, they are moved by a
screw to the end of the machine, at which point whey are discharged.
The liquid effluent is discharged through ports after passing the
length of the bowl under centrifugal force.
Application And Performance. Virtually all industrial waste treatment
systems producing sludge can use centrifugation to dewater it.
Centrifugation is currently being used by a wide range of industrial
concerns.
The performance of sludge dewatering by centrifugation depends on the
feed rate, the rotational velocity of the drum, and the sludge
composition and concentration. Assuming proper design and operation,
the solids content of the sludge can be increased to 20-35 percent.
Advantages And Limitations. Sludge dewatering centrifuges have
minimal space requirements and show a high degree of effluent
clarification. The operation is simple, clean, and relatively
inexpensive. The area required for a centrifuge system installation
is less than that required for a filter system or sludge drying bed of
equal capacity, and the initial cost is lower.
Centrifuges have a high power cost that partially offsets the low
initial cost. Special consideration must also be given to providing
sturdy foundations and soundproofing because of the vibration and
noise that result from centrifuge operation. Adequate electrical
power must also be provided since large motors .are required. The
major difficulty encountered in the operation of centrifuges has been
the disposal of the concentrate which is relatively high in suspended,
non-settling solids.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Centrifugation is highly reliable
with proper control of factors such as sludge feed, consistency, and
temperature. Pretreatment such as grit removal and coagulant addition
may be necessary, depending on the composition of the sludge and on
the type .of centrifuge employed.
Maintainability: Maintenance consists of periodic lubrication,
cleaning, and inspection. The frequency and degree of inspection
required varies depending on the type of sludge solids being dewatered
and the maintenance service conditions. If the sludge is abrasive, it
is recommended that the first inspection of the rotating assembly be
made after approximately 1,000 hours of operation. If the sludge is
227
-------
not abrasive or corrosive, then the initial inspection might be
delayed. Centrifuges not equipped with a continuous sludge discharge
system require periodic shutdowns for manual sludge cake removal.
Solid Waste Aspects: Sludge dewatered in the centrifugation process
may be disposed of by landfill. The clarified effluent (centrate), if
high in dissolved or suspended solids, may require further treatment
prior to,discharge.
Demonstration Status. Centrifugation is currently used in a great
many commercial applications to dewater sludge. Work is underway to
improve the efficiency, increase the capacity, and lower the costs
associated with centrifugation.
Coalescing
The basic principle of coalescence involves the preferential wetting
of a coalescing medium by oil droplets which accumulate on the medium
and then rise to the surface of the solution as they combine to form
larger particles. The most important requirements for coalescing
media are wettability for oil and large surface area. Monofilament
line is sometimes used as a coalescing medium.
Coalescing stages may be integrated with a wide variety of gravity oil
separation devices, and some systems may incorporate several
coalescing stages. In general a preliminary oil skimming step is
desirable to avoid overloading the coalescer.
One commercially marketed system for oily waste treatment combines
coalescing with inclined plate separation and filtration. In this
system, the oily wastes flow into an inclined plate settler. This
unit consists of a stack of inclined baffle plates in a cylindrical
container with an oil collection chamber at the top. The oil droplets
rise and impinge upon the undersides of the plates. They then migrate
upward to a guide rib which directs the oil to the oil collection
chamber, from which oil is discharged for reuse or disposal.
The oily water continues on through another cylinder containing re-
placeable filter cartridges, which remove suspended particles from the
waste. From there the wastewater enters a final cylinder in which the
coalescing material is housed. As the oily water passes through the
many small, irregular, continuous passages in the coalescing material,
the oil droplets coalesce and rise to an oil collection chamber.
Application and Performance. Coalescing is used to treat oily wastes
which do not separate readily in simple gravity systems. The three
stage system described above has achieved effluent concentrations of
10-15 mg/1 oil and grease from raw waste concentrations of 1000 mg/1
or more.
228
-------
Advantages and Limitations. Coalescing allows removal of oil droplets
too finely dispersed for conventional gravity separation-skimming
technology. It also can significantly reduce the residence times (and
therefore separator volumes) required to achieve separation of oil
from some wastes. Because of its simplicity, coalescing provides
generally high reliability and low capital and operating costs.
Coalescing is not generally effective in removing soluble or
chemically stabilized emulsified oils. To avoid plugging, coalescers
must be protected by pretrea£ment from very high concentrations of
free oil and grease, and suspended solids. Frequent replacement of
prefilters may be necessary when raw waste oil concentrations are
high.
Operational Factors v Reliability! Coalescing is inherently highly
reliable since there are no moving parts,, and the coalescing substrate
(monofi lament, etc.) is inert in the" process and therefore not
subject tp frequent regeneration or replacement requirements- Large
loads or inadequate pretreatment, however, may result in plugging or
bypass of coalescing stages.
Maintainability: Maintenance requirements are generally limited to
replacement of the coalescing medium on an infrequent basis.
Solid Waste Aspects: No appreciable solid waste is generated by this
process.
Demonstration Status. Coalescing has been fully demonstrated in
industries generating oily wastewater, although none are currently not
in use at any coil coating facility.
Cyanide Oxidation By Chlorine
>>,
Cyanide oxidation using chlorine is widely used in industrial waste
treatment to oxidize cyanj.de. Chlorine can be utilized in either the
elemental or hypochlorite forms. This classic procedure can be
illustrated by the following two step chemical reaction:
2.
C12
3C1
NaCN + 2NaOH = NaCNO + 2NaCl + HO
6NaOH + 2NaCNO = 2NaHCO:i
N
6NaCl + 2H2O
The reaction presented as equation (2) for the oxidation of cyanate is
the final step in the oxidation of cyanide. A complete system for the
alkaline chlorination of cyanide is shown in Figure VII-19 (page 280).
The alkaline chlorination process oxidizes cyanides to carbon dioxide
and nitrogen. The equipment often consists of an equalization tank
followed by two reaction tanks, although the reaction can be carried
out in a single tank. Each tank has an electronic recorder-controller
229
-------
to maintain required conditions with respect to pH and oxidation
reduction potential (ORP). In the first reaction tank, conditions are
adjusted to oxidize cyanides to cyanates. To effect the reaction,
chlorine is metered to the reaction tank as required to maintain the
ORP in the range of 350 to 400 millivolts, and 50 percent ^aqueous
caustic soda is added to maintain a pH range of 9.5 to 10. In the
second reaction tank, conditions are maintained to oxidize cyanate to
carbon dioxide and .nitrogen. The desirable ORP and pH for this
reaction are 600 millivolts and a pH of 8.0. Each of the reaction
tanks is equipped with a propeller agitator designed to provide
approximately one turnover per minute. Treatment by the batch process
is accomplished by using two tanks, one for collection of water over a
specified time period, and one tank for the treatment of an
accumulated batch. If dumps of concentrated wastes are frequent,
another tank may be required to equalize the flow to the treatment
tank. When the holding tank is full, the liquid is transferred to the
reaction tank for treatment. After treatment, the supernatant is
discharged and the sludges are collected for removal and ultimate
disposal.
The oxidation of cyanide waste by
industrial plants
Application and Performance.
chlorine is a classic process and is found in most
using cyanide. This process is capable of achieving effluent levels
that are nondetectable. The process is potentially applicable to coil
coating facilities where cyanide is a component in conversion coating
formulations.
Advantages and Limitations. Some advantages of chlorine oxidation for
handling process effluents are operation at ambient temperature,
suitability for automatic control, and low cost. Disadvantages
include the need for careful pH control, possible chemical
interference in the treatment of mixed wastes, and the potential
hazard of storing and handling chlorine gas.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Chlorine oxidation is highly
reliable with proper monitoring and control, and proper pretreatment
to control interfering substances.
Maintainability: Maintenance consists of periodic removal of sludge
and recalibration of instruments.
Solid Waste Aspects:
chlorine oxidation.
There is no solid waste problem associated with
Demonstration Status. The oxidation of cyanide wastes by chlorine is
a widely used process in plants using cyanide in cleaning and metal
processing baths.
230
-------
Cyanide Oxidation By Ozone
Ozone is a highly reactive oxidizing agent which is approximately ten
times more soluble than oxygen on a weight basis in water. Ozone may
be produced by several methods, but the silent electrical discharge
method is predominant in the field. The silent electrical discharge
process produces ozone by passing oxygen or air between electrodes
separated by an insulating material. A complete ozonation system is
represented in Figure VII-20 (page 281).
Application and Performance. Ozonation has been applied commercially
to oxidize cyanides, phenolic chemicals, and organo-metal complexes.
Its applicability to photographic wastewaters has been studied in the
laboratory with good results. Ozone is used in industrial waste
treatment primarily to oxidize cyanide to cyanate and to oxidize
phenols and dyes to a variety of colorless nontoxic products.
Oxidation of cyanide to cyanate is illustrated below:
CN- + 03 = CNO- + 02
Continued exposure to ozone will convert the cyanate formed to carbon
dioxide and ammonia; however, this is not economically practical.
Ozone oxidation of cyanide to cyanate requires 1.8 to 2.0 pounds ozone
per pound of CN-; complete oxidation requires 4.6 to 5.0 pounds ozone
per pound of CN-. Zinc, copper, and nickel cyanides are easily
destroyed to a nondetectable level, but cobalt and iron cyanides are
more resistant to ozone treatment.
Advantages and Limitations. Some advantages of ozone oxidation for
handling process effluents are its suitability to automatic control
and on-site generation and the fact that reaction products are not
chlorinated organics and no dissolved solids are added in the
treatment step. Ozone in the presence of activated carbon,
ultraviolet, and other promoters shows promise of reducing reaction
time and improving ozone utilization, but the process at present is
limited by high capital expense, possible chemical interference in the
treatment of mixed wastes, and an energy requirement of 25 kwh/kg of
ozone generated. Cyanide is not economically oxidized beyond the
cyanate form.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Ozone oxidation is highly reliable
with proper monitoring and control, and proper pretreatment to control
interfering substances.
Maintainability: Maintenance consists of periodic removal of sludge,
and periodic renewal of filters and desiccators required for the input
231
-------
of clean dry air; filter life is a function of input concentrations of
detrimental constituents.
Solid Waste Aspects: Pretreatment to eliminate substances which will
interfere with the process may be necessary. Dewatering of sludge
generated in the ozone oxidation process or in an "in line" process
may be desirable prior to disposal.
Cyanide Oxidation By Ozone With UV Radiation
One of the modifications of the ozonation process is the simultaneous
application of ultraviolet light and ozxone for the treatment of
wastewater, including treatment of halogenated organics. The combined
action of these two forms produces reactions by photolysis,
photosensitization, hydroxylation, oxygenation and oxidation. The
process is unique because several reactions and reaction species are
active simultaneously.
Ozonation is facilitated by ultraviolet absorption because both the
ozone and the reactant molecules are raised to a higher energy state
so that they react more rapidly. In addition, free radicals for use
in the reaction are readily hydrolyzed by the water present. The
energy and reaction intermediates created by the introduction of both
ultraviolet and ozone greatly reduce the amount of ozone required
compared with a system using ozone alone. Figure VII-21 (page 282)
shows a three-stage UV-ozone system. A system to treat mixed cyanides
requires pretreatment that involves chemical coagulation,
sedimentation, clarification; equalization, and pH adjustment.
Application and Performance. The ozone-UV radiation process was
developed primarily for cyanide treatment in the electroplating and
color photo-processing areas. It has been successfully applied to
mixed cyanides and organics from organic chemicals manufacturing
processes. The process is particularly useful for treatment of
complexed cyanides such as ferricyanide, copper cyanide and nickel
cyanide, which are resistant to ozone alone.
Ozone combined with UV radiation is a relatively new technology.
units are currently in operation and all four treat cyanide b
waste.
Four
bearing
Ozone-UV treatment could be used in coil coating plants to destroy
cyanide present in waste streams from some conversion coating
operations.
Cyanide Oxidation By_ Hydrogen Peroxide
Hydrogen peroxide oxidation removes both cyanide and metals in cyanide
containing wastewaters. In this process, cyanide bearing waters are
232
-------
heated to 49 - 54<>c (120 - 130°F) and the pH is adjusted to 10.5 -
11.8. Formalin (37 percent formaldehyde) is added while the tank is
vigorously agitated., After 2-5 minutes, a proprietary peroxygen
compound (41 percent hydrogen peroxide with a catalyst and additives)
is added. After an hour of mixing, the reaction is complete. The
cyanide is converted to cyanate and the metals are precipitated as
oxides or hydroxides. The metals are then removed from solution by
either settling or filtration.
The main equipment required for this process is two holding tanks
equipped with heaters and air spargers or mechanical stirrers. These
tanks may be used in a batch or continuous fashion, with one tank
being used for treatment while the other is being filled. A settling
tank or a filter is needed to concentrate the precipitate.
Application and Performance. The hydrogen peroxide oxidation process
is applicable to cyanidebearing wastewaters, especially those
containing metal-cyanide complexes. In terms of waste reduction
performance, this process can reduce total cyanide to less than 0.1
mg/1 and the zinc or cadmium to less than 1.0 mg/1.
Advantages and Limitations. Chemical costs are similar to those for
alkaline chlorination ' using chlorine and lower than those for
treatment with hypochlorite. All free cyanide reacts and is
completely oxidized to the less toxic cyanate state. In addition, the
metals precipitate and settle quickly, and they may be recoverable in
many instances. However, the process requires energy expenditures to
heat the wastewater prior to treatment.
Demonstration Status. This treatment process was introduced in 1971
and is used in several facilities. No coil coating plants use
oxidation by hydrogen peroxide.
Evaporation
Evaporation is a concentration process. Water is evaporated from a
solution, increasing the concentration of solute in the remaining
solution. If the resulting water vapor is condensed back to liquid
water, the evaporation-condensation process is called distillation.
However, to be consistent with industry terminology, evaporation is
used in this report to describe both processes. Both atmospheric and
vacuum evaporation are commonly used in industry today. Specific
evaporation techniques are shown in Figure VI1-22 (page 283) and
discussed below.
Atmospheric evaporation could be accomplished simply by boiling the
liquid. However, to aid evaporation, heated liquid is sprayed on an
evaporation surface, and air is blown over the surface and subse-
quently released to the atmosphere. Thus, evaporation occurs by
233
-------
humidification of the air stream, similar to a drying process. Equip-
ment for carrying out atmospheric evaporation is quite similar for
most applications. The major element is generally a packed column
with an accumulator bottom. Accumulated wastewater is pumped from the
base of the column, through a heat exchanger, and back into the top of
the column, where it is sprayed into the packing. At the same time,
air drawn upward through the packing by a fan is heated as it contacts
the hot liquid. The liquid partially vaporizes and humidifies the air
stream. The fan then blows the hot, humid air to the outside
atmosphere. A scrubber is often unnecessary because the packed column
itself acts as a scrubber.
Another form of atmospheric evaporator also works on the air humidi-
fication principle, but the evaporated water is recovered for reuse by
condensation. These air humidification techniques operate well below
the boiling point of water and can utilize waste process heat to
supply the energy required.
In vacuum evaporation, the evaporation pressure is lowered to cause
the liquid to boil at reduced temperature. All of the water vapor is
condensed and, to, maintain the vacuum condition, noncondensible gases
(air in particular) are removed by a vacuum pump. Vacuum evaporation
may be either single or double effect. In double effect evaporation,
two evaporators are used, and the water vapor from the first
evaporator (which may be heated by steam) is used to supply heat to
the second evaporator. As it supplies heat, the water vapor from the
first evaporator condenses. Approximately equal quantities of
wastewater are evaporated in each unit; thus, the double effect system
evaporates twice the amount of water that a single effect system does,
at nearly the same cost in energy but with added capital cost and
complexity. The double effect technique is thermodynamically possible
because the second evaporator is maintained at lower pressure (higher
vacuum) and, therefore, lower evaporation temperature. Another means
of increasing energy efficiency is vapor recompression (thermal or
mechanical), which enables heat to be transferred from the condensing
water vapor to the evaporating wastewater. Vacuum evaporation
equipment may be classified as submerged tube or climbing film
evaporation units.
In the most commonly used submerged tube evaporator, the heating and
condensing coil are contained in a single vessel to reduce capital
cost. The vacuum in the vessel is maintained by an eductor-type pump,
which creates the required vacuum by the flow of the condenser cooling
water through a venturi. Waste water accumulates in the bottom of the
vessel, and it is evaporated by means of submerged steam coils. The
resulting water vapor condenses as it contacts the condensing coils in
the top of the vessel. The condensate then drips off the condensing
coils into a collection trough that carries it out of the vessel.
Concentrate is removed from the bottom of the vessel.
234
-------
The major elements of the climbing film evaporator are the evaporator,
separator, condenser, and vacuum pump. Vifaste water is "drawn" into
the system by the vacuum so that a constant liquid level is maintained
in the separator. Liquid enters the steam-jacketed evaporator tubes,
and part of it evaporates so that a mixture of vapor and liquid enters
the separator. The design of the separator is such that the liquid is
continuously circulated from the separator to the evaporator. The
vapor entering the separator flows out through a mesh entrainment
separator to the condenser, where it is condensed as it flows down
through the condenser tubes. The condensate, along with any entrained
air, is pumped out of the bottom of the condenser by a liquid ring
vacuum pump. The liquid seal provided by the condensate keeps the
vacuum in the system from being broken.
Application and Performance. Both atmospheric and vacuum evaporation
are used in many industrial plants, mainly for the concentration and
recovery of process solutions. Many of these evaporators also recover
water for rinsing. Evaporation has also been applied to recovery of
phosphate metal cleaning solutions.
In theory, evaporation should yield a concentrate and a deionized
condensate. Actually, carry-over has resulted in condensate metal
concentrations as high as 10 mg/1, although the usual level is less
than 3 mg/1, pure enough for most final rinses. The condensate may
also contain organic brighteners and antifoaming agents. These can be
removed with an activated carbon bed, if necessary. Samples from one
plant showed 1,900 mg/1 zinc in the feed, 4,570 mg/1 in the
concentrate, and 0.4 mg/1 in the condensate. Another plant had 416
mg/1 copper in the feed and 21,800 mg/1 in the concentrate. Chromium
analysis for that plant indicated 5,060 mg/1 in the feed and 27,500
mg/1 in the concentrate. Evaporators are available in a range of
capacities, typically from 15 to 75 gph, and may be used in parallel
arrangements for processing of higher flow rates.
Advantages and Limitations. Advantages of the evaporation process are
that it permits recovery of a wide variety of process chemicals, and
it is often applicable to concentration or removal of compounds which
cannot be accomplished by any other means. The major disadvantage is
that the evaporation process consumes relatively large amounts of
energy for the evaporation of water. However, the recovery of waste
heat from many industrial processes (e.g., diesel generators,
incinerators, boilers and furnaces) should be considered as a source
of this heat for a totally integrated evaporation system. Also, in
some cases solar heating could be inexpensively and effectively
applied to evaporation units. For some explications, pretreatment may
be required to remove solids or bacteria which tend to cause fouling
in the condenser or evaporator. The buildup of scale on the
evaporator surfaces reduces the heat transfer efficiency and may
present a maintenance problem or increase operating cost. However, it
235
-------
has been demonstrated that fouling of the heat transfer surfaces can
be avoided or minimized for certain dissolved solids by maintaining a
seed slurry which provides preferential sites for precipitate
deposition. In addition, low temperature differences in the
evaporator will eliminate nucleate boiling and supersaturation
effects. Steam distillable impurities in the process stream are
carried over with the product water and must be handled by pre or post
treatment.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Proper maintenance will ensure a
high degree of reliability for the system. Without such attention,
rapid fouling or deterioration of vacuum^seals may occur, especially
when handling corrosive liquids.
Maintainability: Operating parameters can be automatically
controlled. Pretreatment may be 'required, as well as periodic
cleaning of the system. Regular replacement of seals, especially in a
corrosive environment, may be necessary.
Solid Waste Aspects: With only a few exceptions, the process does not
generate appreciable quantities of solid waste.
Demonstration Status.
Evaporation is a fully developed, commercially
treatment system. It is used extensively to
a pilot
available wastewater
recover plating chemicals in the electroplating industry and
scale unit has been used in connection with phosphating of aluminum.
Proven performance in silver recovery indicates that evaporation could
be a useful treatment operation for the photographic industry, as well
as for metal finishing. No data have been reported showing the use of
evaporation in coil coating plants.
Flotation
Flotation is the process of
or oil to float to the
concentrated and removed.
bubbles which attach to the
and causing them to float.
of sedimentation. Figure
flotation system.
causing particles such as metal hydroxides
surface of a tank where they can be
This is accomplished by releasing gas
solid particles, increasing their buoyancy
In principle, this process is the opposite
VI1-23 (page 284) shows one type of
Flotation is used primarily in the treatment of wastewater streams
that carry heavy loads of finely divided suspended solids or oil.
Solids having a specific gravity only slightly greater than 1.0, which
would require abnormally long sedimentation times, may be removed in
much less time by flotation.
This process may be performed in several ways: foam, dispersed air,
dissolved air, gravity, and vacuum flotation are the most commonly
236
-------
used techniques. Chemical additives are often
performance of the flotation process.
used to enhance the
The principal difference among types of flotation is the method of
generating the minute gas bubbles (usually air) in a suspension of
water and small particles. Chemicals may be used to improve the
efficiency with any of the basic methods. The following paragraphs
describe the different flotation techniques and the method of bubble
generation for each process.
Froth Flotation - Froth flotation is based on differences in the
physiochemical properties in various particles. Wettability and
surface properties affect the particles' ability to attach themselves
to gas bubbles in an aqueous medium. In froth flotation, air is blowri
through the solution containing flotation reagents. The particles
with water repellant surfaces stick to air bubbles as they rise and
are brought to the surface. A mineralized froth layer, with mineral
particles attached to air bubbles, is formed. Particles of other
minerals which are readily wetted by water do not stick to air bubbles
and remain in suspension.
Dispersed Air Flotation - In dispersed air flotation, gas bubbles are
generated by introducing the air by means of mechanical agitation with
impellers or by forcing air through porous media. Dispersed air
flotation is used mainly in the metallurgical industry.
Dissolved Air Flotation - In dissolved air flotation, bubbles are
produced by releasing air from a supersaturated solution under
relatively high pressure. There are two types of contact between the
gas bubbles and particles. The first type is predominant in the
flotation of flocculated materials and involves the entrapment of
rising gas bubbles in the flocculated particles as they increase in
size. The bond between the bubble and particle is one of physical
capture only. The second type of contact is one of adhesion.
Adhesion results from the intermolecular attraction exerted at the
interface between the solid particle and gaseous bubble.
Vacuum Flotation - This process consists of saturating the waste water
with air either directly in an aeration tank, or by permitting air to
enter on the suction of a wastewater pump. A partial vacuum is
applied, which causes the dissolved air to come out of solution as
minute bubbles. The bubbles attach to solid particles and rise to the
surface to form a scum blanket, which is normally removed by a
skimming mechanism. Grit and other heavy solids that settle to the
bottom are generally raked to a central sludge pump for removal. A
typical vacuum flotation unit consists of a covered cylindrical tank
in which a partial vacuum is maintained. The tank is equipped with
scum and sludge removal mechanisms. The floating material is
continuously swept to the tank periphery, automatically discharged
237
-------
into a scum trough, and removed from the unit by a pump also under
partial vacuum. Auxilliary equipment includes an aeration tank for
saturating the wastewater with air, a tank with a short retention time
for removal of large bubbles, vacuum pumps, and sludge pumps.
Application and Performance. The primary variables for flotation
design are pressure, feed solids concentration, and retention period.
The suspended solids in the effluent decrease, and the concentration
of solids in the float increases with increasing retention period.
When the flotation process is used primarily for clarification, a
retention period of 20 to 30 minutes is adequate for separation and
concentration.
Advantages and Limitations. Some advantages of the flotation process
are the high levels of solids separation achieved in many
applications, the relatively low energy requirements, and the
adaptability to meet the treatment requirements of different waste
types. Limitations of flotation are that it often requires addition
of chemicals to enhance process performance and that it generates
large quantities of solid waste.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Flotation systems normally are
very reliable with proper maintenance of the sludge collector
mechanism and the motors and pumps used for aeration.
Maintainability: Routine maintenance is required on the pumps and
motors. The sludge collector mechanism is subject to possible cor-
rosion or breakage and may require periodic replacement.
Solid Waste Aspects: Chemicals are commonly used to aid the flotation
process by creating a surface or a structure that can easily adsorb or
entrap air bubbles. Inorganic chemicals, such as the aluminum and
ferric salts, and activated silica, can bind the particulate matter
together and create a structure that can entrap air bubbles. Various
organic chemicals can change the nature of either the air-liquid
interface or the solid-liquid interface, or both. These compounds
usually collect on the interface to bring about the desired changes.
The added chemicals plus the particles in solution combine to form a
large volume of sludge which must be further treated or properly
disposed.
Demonstration Status. Flotation is a fully developed process and is
readily available for the treatment of a wide variety of industrial
waste streams.
Gravity Sludge Thickening
In the gravity thickening process, dilute sludge is fed from a primary
settling tank or clarifier to a thickening tank where rakes stir the
238
-------
sludge gently to density it and to push it to a central collection
well. The supernatant is returned to the primary settling tank. The
thickened sludge that collects on the bottom of the tank is pumped to
dewatering equipment or hauled away. Figure VII-24 (page 285) shows
the construction of a gravity thickener.
Application and Performance. Thickeners are generally used in
facilities where the sludge is to be further dewatered by a compact
mechanical device such as a vacuum filter or centrifuge. Doubling the
solids content in the thickener substantially reduces capital and
operating cost of the subsequent dewatering device and also reduces
cost for hauling. The process is potentially applicable to almost any
industrial plant.
Organic sludges from sedimentation units of one to two percent solids
concentration can usually be gravity thickened to six to ten percent;
chemical sludges can be thickened to four to six percent.
Advantages and Limitations. The principal advantage of a gravity
sludge thickening process is that it facilitates further sludge
dewatering. Other advantages are high reliability and minimum
maintenance requirements.
Limitations of the sludge thickening process are its sensitivity to
the flow rate through the thickener and the sludge removal rate.
These rates must be low enough not to disturb the thickened sludge.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Reliability is high with proper
design and operation. A gravity thickener is designed on the basis of
square feet per pound of solids per day, in which the required surface
area is related to the solids entering and leaving the unit.
Thickener area requirements are also expressed in terms of mass
loading, grams of solids per square meter per day (Ibs/sq ft/day).
Maintainability: Twice a year, a thickener must be shut down for
lubrication of the drive mechanisms. Occasionally, water must be
pumped back through the system in order to clear sludge pipes.
Solid Waste Aspects? Thickened sludge from a gravity thickening
process will usually require further dewatering prior to disposal,
incineration, or drying. The clear effluent may be recirculated in
part, or it may be subjected to further treatment prior to discharge.
Demonstration Status. Gravity sludge thickeners are used throughout
industry to reduce water content to a level where the sludge may be
efficiently handled. Further dewatering is usually practiced to
minimize costs of hauling the sludge to approved landfill areas.
Sludge thickening is used in seven coil coating plants.
239
-------
Insoluble Starch Xanthate
Insoluble starch xanthate is essentially an ion exchange medium used
to remove dissolved heavy metals from wastewater. The water may then
either be reused (recovery application) or discharged (end-of-pipe
application). In a commercial electroplating operation, starch
xanthate is coated on a filter medium. Rinse water containing dragged
out heavy metals is circulated through the filters and then reused for
rinsing. The starch-heavy metal complex is disposed of and replaced
periodically. Laboratory tests indicate that recovery of metals from
the complex is feasible, with regeneration of the starch xanthate.
Besides electroplating, starch xanthate is potentially applicable to
coil coating, porcelain enameling, copper fabrication, and any other
industrial plants where dilute metal wastewater streams are generated.
Its present use is limited to one electroplating plant.
Ion Exchange
Ion exchange is a process in which ions, held by electrostatic forces
to charged functional groups on the surface of the ion exchange resin,
are exchanged for ions of similar charge from the solution in which
the resin is immersed. This is classified as a sorption process be-
cause the exchange occurs on the surface of the resin, and the ex-
changing ion must undergo a phase transfer from solution phase to
solid phase. Thus, ionic contaminants in a waste stream can be ex-
changed for the harmless ions of the resin.
Although the precise technique may vary slightly according to the ap-
plication involved, a generalized process description follows. The
wastewater stream being treated passes through a filter to remove any
solids, then flows through a cation exchanger which contains the ion
exchange resin. Here, metallic impurities such as copper, iron, and
trivalent chromium are retained. The stream then passes through the
anion exchanger and its associated resin. Hexavalent chromium, for
example, is retained in this stage. If one pass does not reduce the
contaminant levels sufficiently, the stream may then enter another
series of exchangers. Many ion exchange systems are equipped with
more than one set of exchangers for this reason.
The other major portion of the ion exchange process concerns the re-
generation of the resin, which now holds those impurities retained
from the waste stream. An ion exchange unit with in-place regen-
eration is shown in Figure VII-25 (page 286). Metal ions such as
nickel are removed by an acid, cation exchange resin, which is
regenerated with hydrochloric or sulfuric acid, replacing the metal
ion with one or more hydrogen ions. Anions such as dichromate are
removed by a basic, anion exchange resin, which is regenerated with
sodium hydroxide, replacing the anion with one or more hydroxyl ions.
240
-------
The three principal methods employed by industry for regenerating
spent resin are:
the
A) Replacement Service: A regeneration service replaces the spent
resin with regenerated resin, and regenerates the spent resin at
its own facility. The service then has the problem of treating
and disposing of the spent regenerant.
B) In-Place Regeneration: Some establishments may find it less
expensive to do their own regeneration. The spent resin column
is shut down for perhaps an hour, and the spent resin is
regenerated. This results in one or more waste streams which
must be treated in an appropriate manner. Regeneration is
performed as the resins require it, usually every few months.
C) Cyclic Regeneration: In this process, the regeneration of the
spent resins takes place within the ion exchange unit itself in
alternating cycles with the ion removal process. A regeneration
frequency of twice an hour is typical. This very short cycle
time permits operation with a very small quantity of resin and
with fairly concentrated solutions/ resulting in a very compact
system. Again, this process varies according to application, but
the regeneration cycle generally begins with caustic being pumped
through the anion exchanger, carrying out hexavalent chromium,
for example, as sodium dichromate. The sodium dichromate stream
then passes through a cation exchanger, converting the sodium
dichromate to chromic acid. After concentration by evaporation
or other means, the chromic acid can be returned to the process
line. Meanwhile, the cation exchanger is regenerated with
sulfuric acid, resulting in a waste acid stream containing the
metallic impurities removed earlier. Flushing the exchangers
with water completes the cycle. Thus, the wastewater is purified
and, in this example, chromic acid is recovered. The ion
exchangers, with newly regenerated resin, then enter the ion
removal cycle again.
Application and Performance. The list of pollutants for which the ion
exchange system has proven effective includes aluminum, arsenic,
cadmium, chromium (hexavalent and trivalent), copper, cyanide, gold,
iron, lead, manganese, nickel, selenium, silver, tin, zinc, and more.
Thus, it can be applied to a wide variety of industrial concerns.
Because of the heavy concentrations of metals in their wastewater, the
metal finishing industries utilize ion exchange in several ways. As
an end-of-pipe treatment, ion exchange is certainly feasible, but its
greatest value is in recovery applications. It is commonly used as an
integrated treatment to recover rinse water and process chemicals.
Some electroplating facilities use ion exchange to concentrate and
purify plating baths. Also, many industrial concerns, including a
241
-------
number of coil coating plants, use ion exchange to reduce salt
concentrations in incoming water sources.
Ion exchange is highly efficient at recovering metal bearing solu-
tions. Recovery of chromium, nickel, phosphate solution, and sulfuric
acid from anodizing is commercial. A chromic acid recovery efficiency
of 99.5 percent has been demonstrated. Typical data for purification
of rinse water have been reported. Sampling at one coil coating plant
characterized influent and effluent streams for an ion exchange unit
on a silver bearing waste. This system was in start-up at the time of
sampling, however, and was not found to be operating effectively.
Table VII-20
Parameter
Ion Exchange Performance
Plant A
Plant B
All Values mg/1
Al
Cd
Cr+3
Cr+6
Cu
CN
Au
Fe
Pb
Mn
Ni
Ag
SO4
Sn
Zn
Prior To
Purifi-
cation
5.6
5.7
3.1
7.1
4.5
9.8
7.4
4.4
6.2
1.5
1.7
14.8
After
Purifi-
cation
0.20
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.09
0.04
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.40
Prior To
Purifi-
cation
After
Purifi-
cation
43.0
3.40
2.30
1 .70
1.60
9.10
210.00
1.10
0.10
0.09
0.10
0.01
0.01
0.01
2.00
0.10
Advantages and Limitations. Ion exchange is a versatile technology
applicable to a great many situations. This flexibility, along with
its compact nature and performance, makes ion exchange a very
effective method of waste water treatment. However, the resins in
these systems can prove to be a limiting factor. The thermal limits
of the anion resins, generally in the vicinity of 60°C, could prevent
its use in certain situations. Similarly, nitric acid, chromic acid,
and hydrogen peroxide can all damage the resins, as will iron,
manganese, and copper when present with sufficient concentrations of
dissolved oxygen. Removal of a particular trace contaminant may be
uneconomical because of the presence of other ionic species that are
242
-------
preferentially removed. The regeneration of the resins presents its
own problems. The cost of the regenerative chemicals can be high. In
addition, the waste streams originating from the regeneration process
are extremely high in pollutant concentrations, although low in
volume. These must be further processed for proper disposal.
Operational Factors. Reliability: With the exception of occasional
clogging or fouling of the resins, ion exchange has proved to be a
highly dependable technology.
Maintainability: Only the normal maintenance of pumps, valves, piping
and other hardware used in the regeneration process is required.
Solid Waste Aspects: Few, if any, solids accumulate within the ion
exchangers, and those which do appear are removed by the regeneration
process. Proper prior treatment and planning can eliminate solid
buildup problems altogether. The brine resulting from regeneration of
the ion exchange resin most usually must be treated to remove metals
before discharge. This can generate solid waste.
Demonstration Status.
All
for
of the applications
commercial use, and
mentioned in this
industry sources
document are available
estimate the number of units currently in the field at well over 120.
The research and development in ion exchange is focusing on improving
the quality and efficiency of the resins, rather than new
applications. Work is also being done on a continuous regeneration
process whereby the resins are contained on a fluid-transfusible belt.
The belt passes through a compartmented tank with ion exchange,
washing, and regeneration sections. The resins are therefore
continually used and regenerated. No such system, however, has been
reported beyond the pilot stage.
Membrane Filtration
Membrane filtration is a treatment system for removing precipitated
metals from a wastewater stream. It must therefore be preceded by
those treatment techniques which will properly prepare the wastewater
for solids removal. Typically, a membrane filtration unit is preceded
by pH adjustment or sulfide addition for precipitation of the metals.
These steps are followed by the addition of a proprietary chemical
reagent which causes the precipitate to be non-gelatinous, easily
dewatered, and highly stable. The resulting mixture of pretreated
wastewater and reagent is continuously recirculated through a filter
module and back into a recirculation tank. The filter module contains
tubular membranes. While the reagent-metal hydroxide precipitate
mixture flows through the inside of the tubes, the water and any
dissolved salts permeate the membrane. When the recirculating slurry
reaches a concentration of 10 to 15 percent solids, it is pumped out
of the system as sludge.
243
-------
Application and Performance. Membrane filtration appears to be
applicable to any wastewater or process water containing metal ions
which can be precipitated using hydroxide, sulfide or carbonate
precipitation. It could function as the primary treatment system, but
also might find application as a polishing treatment (after
precipitation and settling) to ensure continued compliance with metals
limitations. Membrane filtration systems are being used in a number
of industrial applications, particularly in the metal finishing area.
They have also been used for heavy metals removal in the metal
fabrication industry and the paper industry.
The permeate is claimed by one manufacturer to contain less than the
effluent concentrations shown in the following table, regardless of
the influent concentrations. These claims have been largely
substantiated by the analysis of water samples at various plants in
various industries.
In the performance predictions for this technology, pollutant
concentrations are reduced to the levels shown below unless lower
levels are present in the influent stream.
Table VII-21
MEMBRANE FILTRATION SYSTEM EFFLUENT
Specific
Metal
Al
Cr,
Cr
Cu
Fe
Pb
CN
Ni
Zn
TSS
(+6)
(T)
Manufacturers
Guarantee
0.5
0.02
0.03
0.1
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.1
0.1
Plant 19066
In Out
Plant
In
31022
Out
0.01
0.018
0.043
0.3
0.01
<0.005 <0.005
9.56 0.017
2.09 0.046
632 0.1
0.46
4. 13
18.8
288
0.652
5.25 <0.005
98.4 0.057
8.00 0.222
21.1 0.263
0.288 0.01
<0.005 <0.005
194 0.352
5.00 0.051
13.0 8.0
Predicted
Performai
0.05
0.20
0.30
0.05
0.02
0.40
0. 10
10.0
Advantages and Limitations. A major advantage of the membrane
filtration system is that installations can use most of the
conventional end-of-pipe systems that may already be in place.
Removal efficiencies are claimed to be excellent, even with sudden
variation of pollutant input rates; however, the effectiveness of the
membrane filtration system can be limited by clogging of the filters.
Because pH changes in the waste stream greatly intensify clogging
problems, the pH must be carefully monitored and controlled. Clogging
can force the shutdown of the system and may interfere with
244
-------
production. In addition, relatively high capital cost of this system
may limit its use.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Membrane filtration has been shown
to be a very reliable system, provided that the pH is strictly
controlled. Improper pH can result in the clogging of the membrane.
Also, surges in the flow rate of the waste stream must be controlled
in order to prevent solids from passing through the filter and into
the effluent.
Maintainability: The membrane filters must be regularly monitored,
and cleaned or replaced as necessary. Depending on the composition of
the waste stream and its flow rate, frequent cleaning of the filters
may be required. Flushing with hydrochloric acid for 6-24 hours will
usually suffice. In addition, the routine maintenance of pumps,
valves, and other plumbing is required.
Solid Waste Aspects: When the recirculating reagent-precipitate
slurry reaches 10 to 15 percent solids, it is pumped out of the
system. It can then be disposed of directly or it can undergo a
dewatering process. Because this sludge contains toxic metals, it
requires proper disposal.
Demonstration Status. There are more than 25 membrane filtration
systems presently in use on metal finishing and similar wastewaters.
Bench scale and pilot studies are being run in an attempt to expand
the list of pollutants for which this system is known to be effective.
Although there are no data on the use of membrane filtration in coil
coating plants, the concept has been successfully demonstrated using
coil coating plant wastewater. A unit has been installed at one coil
coating plant based on these tests.
Peat Adsorption
Peat moss is a complex natural organic material containing lignin and
cellulose as major constituents. These constituents, particularly
lignin, bear polar functional groups, such as alcohols, aldehydes,
ketones, acids, phenolic hydroxides, and ethers, that can be involved
in chemical bonding. Because of the polar nature of the material, its
adsorption of dissolved solids such as transition metals and polar
organic molecules is quite high. These properties have led to the use
of peat as an agent for the purification of industrial wastewater.
Peat adsorption is a "polishing" process which can achieve very low
effluent concentrations for several pollutants. If the concentrations
of pollutants are above 10 mg/1, then peat adsorption must be preceded
by pH adjustment for metals precipitation and subsequent
clarification. Pretreatment is also required for chromium wastes
using ferric chloride and sodium sulfide. The wastewater is then
245
-------
pumped into a large metal chamber called a kier which contains a layer
of peat through which the waste stream passes. The water flows to a
second kier for further adsorption. The wastewater is then ready for
discharge. This system may be automated or manually operated.
and Performance. Peat adsorption can be used in coil
removal of residual dissolved metals from clarifier
Application
coating for
effluent. Peat moss may be used to treat wastewaters containing heavy
metals such as mercury, cadmium, zinc, copper, iron, nickel, chromium,
and lead, as well as organic matter such as oil, detergents, and dyes.
Peat adsorption is currently used commercially at a textile plant, a
newsprint facility, and a metal reclamation operation.
The following table contains performance figures obtained from pilot
plant studies. Peat adsorption was preceded by pH adjustment for
precipitation and by clarification.
Table VII-22
Pollutant
(mg/1)
Cr+6
Cu
CN
Pb
Hg
Ni
Ag
Sb
Zn
PEAT ADSORPTION PERFORMANCE
In
35,
000
250
36.0
20.0
1 .0
2.5
1 .0
2.5
1 .5
Out
0.04
0.24
0.7
0.025
0.02
0.07
0.05
0.9
0.25
In addition, pilot plant studies have shown that chelated metal
wastes, as well as the chelating agents themselves, are removed by
contact with peat moss.
Advantages and Limitations. The major advantages of the system
include its ability to yield low pollutant concentrations, its broad
scope in terms of the pollutants eliminated, and its capacity to
accept wide variations of waste water composition.
Limitations include the cost of purchasing, storing, and disposing of
the peat moss; the necessity for regular replacement of the peat may
lead to high operation and maintenance costs. Also, the pH adjustment
must be altered according to the composition of the waste stream.
246
-------
Operational Factors. Reliability; The question of long term
reliability is not yet fully answered. Although the manufacturer
reports it to be a highly reliable system, operating experience is
needed to verify the claim.
Maintainability: The peat moss used in this process soon exhausts its
capacity to adsorb pollutants. At that time, the kiers must be
opened, the peat removed, and fresh peat placed inside. Although this
procedure is easily and quickly accomplished, it must be done at
regular intervals, or the system's efficiency drops drastically.
Solid Waste Aspects: After removal from the kier, the spent peat must
be eliminated. If incineration is used, precautions should be taken
to insure that those pollutants removed from the water are not
released again in the combustion process. Presence of sulfides in the
spent peat, for example, will give rise to sulfur dioxide in the fumes
from burning. The presence of significant quantities of toxic heavy
metals in coil coating manufacturing wastewater will in general
preclude incineration of peat used in treating these wastes.
Demonstration Status. Only three facilities currently use commercial
adsorptionsystems in the United States - a textile manufacturer, a
newsprint facility, and a metal reclamation firm. No data have been
reported showing the use of peat adsorption in coil coating plants.
Reverse Osmosis
The process of osmosis involves the passage of a liquid through a
semipermeable membrane from a dilute to a more concentrated solution.
Reverse osmosis (RO) is an operation in which pressure is applied to
the more concentrated solution, forcing the permeate to diffuse
through the membrane and into the more dilute solution. This
filtering action produces a concentrate and a permeate on opposite
sides of the membrane. The concentrate can then be further treated or
returned to the original operation for continued use, while the
permeate water can be recycled for use as clean water. Figure VI1-26
(page 287) depicts a reverse osmosis system.
As illustrated in Figure VII-27 (page 288), there are three basic
configurations used in commercially available RO modules: tubular,
spiral-wound, and hollow fiber. All of these operate on the principle
described above, the major difference being their mechanical and
structural design characteristics.
The tubular membrane module uses a porous tube with a cellulose
acetate membrane-lining. A common tubular module consists of a length
of 2.5 cm (1 inch) diameter tube wound on a supporting spool and
encased in a plastic shroud. Feed water is driven into the tube under
pressures varying from 40 - 55 atm (600-800 psi). The permeate passes
247
-------
through the walls of the tube and is collected in a manifold while the
concentrate is drained off at the end of the tube. A less widely used
tubular RO module uses a straight tube contained in a housing, under
the same operating conditions.
Spiral-wound membranes consist of a porous backing sandwiched between
two cellulose acetate membrane sheets and bonded along three edges
The fourth edge of the composite sheet is attached to a large permeate
collector tube. A spacer screen is then placed on top of the membrane
sandwich and the entire stack is rolled around the centrally located
tubular permeate collector. The rolled up package is inserted into a
pipe able to withstand the high operating pressures employed in this
process, up to 55 atm (800 psi) with the spiral-wound module. When
the system is operating, the pressurized product water permeates the
membrane and flows through the backing material to the central
collector tube. The concentrate is drained off at the end of the
container pipe and can be reprocessed or sent to further treatment
facilities.
The hollow fiber membrane configuration is made up of a bundle ot
polyamide fibers of approximately 0.0075 cm (0.003 in.) OD and 0.0043
cm (0.0017 in.) ID. A commonly used hollow fiber module contains
several hundred thousand of the fibers placed in a long tube, wrapped
around a flow screen, and rolled into a spiral. The fibers are bent
in a U-shape and their ends are supported by an epoxy bond. The
hollow fiber unit is operated under 27 atm (400 psi), the feed water
being dispersed from the center of the module through a porous
distributor tube. Permeate flows through the membrane to the hollow
interiors of the fibers and is collected at the ends of the fibers.
The hollow fiber and spiral-wound modules have a distinct advantage
over the tubular system in that they are able to load a very large
membrane surface area into a relatively small volume. However, these
two membrane types are much more susceptible to fouling than the
tubular system, which has a larger flow channel. This characteristic
also makes the tubular membrane much easier to clean and regenerate
than either the spiral-wound or hollow fiber modules One
manufacturer claims that their helical tubular module can be
physically wiped clean by passing a soft porous polyurethane pluq
under pressure through the module.
Application and Performance. In a number .of metal processing plants
the overflow from the first rinse in a countercurrent setup is
directed to a reverse osmosis unit, where it is separated into two
streams. The concentrated stream contains dragged out chemicals and
is returned to the bath to replace the loss of solution due to
evaporation and dragout. The dilute stream (the permeate) is routed
to the last rinse tank to provide water for the rinsing operation.
248
-------
The rinse flows from the last tank to the first tank and the cycle
complete.
is
The closed-loop system described above may be supplemented by the
addition of a vacuum evaporator after the RO unit in order to further
reduce the volume of reverse osmosis concentrate. The evaporated
vapor can be condensed and returned to the last rinse tank or sent on
for further treatment.
The largest application has been for the recovery of nickel solutions.
It has been shown that RO can generally be applied to most acid metal
baths with a high degree of performance, providing that the membrane
unit is not overtaxed. The limitations most critical .here are the
allowable pH range and maximum operating pressure for each particular
configuration. Adequate prefiltration is also essential. Only three
membrane types are readily available in commercial RO units, and their
overwhelming use has been for the recovery of various acid metal
baths. For the purpose of calculating performance predictions of this
technology, a rejection ratio of 98 percent is assumed for dissolved
salts, with 95 percent permeate recovery.
Advantages and Limitations. The major advantage of reverse osmosis
for handling process effluents is its ability to concentrate dilute
solutions for recovery of salts and chemicals with low power
requirements. No latent heat of vaporization or fusion is required
for effecting separations; the main energy requirement is for a high
pressure pump. It requires relatively little floor space for compact,
high capacity units, and it exhibits good recovery and rejection rates
for a number of typical process solutions. A limitation of the
reverse osmosis process for treatment of process effluents is its
limited temperature range for satisfactory operation. For cellulose
acetate systems, the preferred limits are 18° to 30°C (65° to 85°F);
higher temperatures will increase the rate of membrane hydrolysis and
reduce system life, while lower temperatures will result in decreased
fluxes with no damage to the membrane,, Another limitation is
inability to handle certain solutions. Strong oxidizing agents,
strongly acidic or basic solutions, solvents, and other organic
compounds can cause dissolution of the membrane. Poor rejection of
some compounds such as borates and low molecular weight organics is
another problem. Fouling of membranes by slightly soluble components
in solution or colloids has caused failures, and fouling of membranes
by feed waters with high levels of suspended solids can be a problem.
A final limitation is inability to treat or achieve high concentration
with some solutions. Some concentrated solutions may have initial os-
motic pressures which are so high that they either exceed available
operating pressures or are uneconomical to treat.
249
-------
Operational Factors. Reliability: Very good reliability is achieved
so long as the proper precautions are taken to minimize the chances of
fouling or degrading the membrane. Sufficient testing of the waste
stream prior to application of an RO system will provide the
information needed to insure a successful application.
Maintainability: Membrane life is estimated to range from six months
to three years, depending on the use of the system. Down time for
flushing or cleaning is on the order of 2 hours as often as once each
week; a substantial portion of maintenance time must be spent on
cleaning any prefilters installed ahead of the reverse osmosis unit.
Solid Waste Aspects: In a closed loop system utilizing RO there is a
constant recycle of concentrate and a minimal amount of solid waste'.
Prefiltration eliminates many solids before they reach the module and
helps keep the buildup to a minimum. These solids require proper
disposal. v *
Demonstration Status. There are presently at least one hundred
reverse osmosis waste water applications in a variety of industries.
In addition to .these, there are thirty to forty units being used to
provide pure process water for several industries. Despite the many
types and configurations of membranes, only the spiral-wound cellulose
acetate membrane has had widespread success in commercial
applications.
Sludge Bed Drying
As a waste treatment procedure, sludge bed drying is employed to
reduce the water content of a variety of sludges to the point where
they are amenable to mechanical collection and removal to landfill
These beds usually consist of 15 to 45 cm (6 to 18 in.) of sand over a
30 cm (12 in.) deep gravel drain system made up of 3 to 6 mm (1/8 to
1/4 in.) graded gravel overlying drain tiles. Figure VII-28 (page
289) shows the construction of a drying bed.
Drying beds are usually divided into sectional areas approximately 7 5
meters (25 ft) wide x 30 to 60 meters (100 to 200 ft) long. The
partitions may be earth embankments, but more often are made of planks
and supporting grooved posts.
To apply liquid sludge to the sand bed, a closed conduit or a pressure
pipeline with valved outlets at each sand bed section is often
employed. Another method of application is by means of an open
channel with appropriately placed side openings which are controlled
by slide gates. With either type of delivery system, a concrete
splash slab should be provided to receive the falling sludge and
prevent erosion of the sand surface.
250
-------
Where it is necessary to dewater sludge continuously throughout the
year regardless of the weather, sludge beds may be covered with a
fiberglass reinforced plastic or other roof. Covered drying beds
permit a greater volume of sludge drying per year in most climates
because of the protection afforded from rain or snow and because of
more efficient control of temperature. Depending on the climate, a
combination of open and enclosed beds will provide maximum utilization
of the sludge bed drying facilities.
Application and Performance. Sludge drying beds are a means of
dewatering sludge from clarifiers and thickeners. They are widely
used both in municipal and industrial treatment facilities.
Dewatering of sludge on sand beds occurs by two mechanisms: filtration
of water through the bed and evaporation of water as a result of
radiation and convection. Filtration is generally complete in one to
two days and may result in solids concentrations as high as 15 to 20
•* _ . __._. .. •• -* • • T ___?._ l_ J T • J ,_> .C" £_l_.A
percent.
sludge.
The rate of filtration depends on the drainability of the
The rate of air drying of sludge is related to temperature, relative
humidity, and air velocity. Evaporation will proceed at a constant
rate to a critical moisture content, then at a falling rate to an
equilibrium moisture content. The average evaporation rate for a
sludge is about 75 percent of that from a free water surface.
Advantages and Limitations. The main advantage of sludge drying beds
over other types of sludge dewatering is the relatively low cost of
construction, operation, and maintenance.
Its disadvantages are the large area of land required and long drying
times that depend, to a great extent, on climate and weather.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Reliability is high with favorable
climactic conditions, proper bed design and care to avoid excessive or
unequal sludge application. If climatic conditions in a given area
are not favorable for adequate drying, a cover may be necessary.
Maintainability: Maintenance consists basically of periodic removal
of the dried sludge. Sand removed from the drying bed with the sludge
must be replaced and the sand layer resurfaced.
The resurfacing of sludge beds is the major expense item in sludge bed
maintenance, but there are other areas which may require attention.
Underdrains occasionally become clogged and have to be cleaned.
Valves or sludge gates that control the flow of sludge to the beds
must be kept watertight. Provision for drainage of lines in winter
should be provided to prevent damage from freezing. The partitions
between beds should be tight so that sludge will not flow from one
251
-------
compartment to another. The outer walls
should also be watertight.
or banks around the beds
Solid Waste Aspects: The full sludge drying bed must either be
abandoned or the collected solids must be removed to a landfill
These solids contain whatever metals or other materials were settled
in the clarifier. Metals will be present as hydroxides, oxides,
sulfides, or other salts. They have the potential for leaching and
contaminating ground water, whatever the location of the semidried
solids. Thus the abandoned bed or landfill should include provision
for runoff control and leachate monitoring.
Demonstration Status. Sludge beds have been in common use in both
municipal and industrial facilities for many years. However
protection of ground water from contamination is not always adequate.
Ultrafiltration
Ultrafiltration (UF) is a process which uses semipermeable polymeric
membranes to separate emulsified or colloidal materials suspended in a
liquid phase by pressurizing the liquid so that it permeates the
membrane. The membrane of an ultrafilter forms a molecular screen
which retains molecular particles based on their differences in size
shape, and chemical structure. The membrane permits passage of
solvents and lower molecular weight molecules. At present, an
ultrafilter is capable of removing materials with molecular weights in
the range of 1,000 to 100,000 and particles of comparable or larger
sizes.
In an Ultrafiltration process, the feed solution is pumped through a
tubular membrane unit. Water and some low molecular weight materials
pass through the membrane under the applied pressure of 10 to 100
psig. Emulsified oil droplets and suspended particles are retained
concentrated, and removed continuously. In contrast to ordinary
filtration, retained materials are washed off the membrane filter
r?!r £•-, !rha!?. Sld by ifc' Figure VII-29 (page 290) represents the
Ultrafiltration process.
Application and Performance. Ultrafiltration has potential
application to coil coating plants for separation of oils and residual
solids from a variety of waste streams. In treating coil coatinq
wastewater its greatest applicability would be as a polishing
treatment to remove residual precipitated metals after chemical
precipitation and clarification. Successful commercial use, however
has been primarily for separation of emulsified oils from wastewater
Over one hundred such units now operate in the United States, treating
emulsified oils from a variety of industrial processes. Capacities of
currently operating units range from a few hundred gallons a week to
50,000 gallons per day. Concentration of oily emulsions to 60 percent
252
-------
oil or more are possible. Oil concentrates of 40 percent or more are
generally suitable for incineration, and the permeate can be treated
further and in some cases recycled back to the process. In this way,
it is possible to eliminate contractor removal costs for oil from some
oily waste streams.
The following test data indicate ultrafiltration performance (note
that UF is not intended to remove dissolved solids):
Table VII-23
ULTRAFILTRATION PERFORMANCE
Parameter
Oil (freon extractable)
COD
TSS
Total Solids
Feed (mg/1)
1230
8920
1380
2900
Permeate (mg/1)
4
148
13
296
The removal percentages shown are typical, but they can be influenced
by pH and other conditions.
The permeate or effluent from the ultrafiltration unit is normally of
a quality that can be reused in industrial applications or discharged
directly. The concentrate from the ultrafiltration unit can be
disposed of as any oily or solid waste.
Advantages and Limitations.
Ultrafiltration
is
sometimes an
attractive alternative to chemical treatment because of lower capital
equipment, installation, and operating costs, very high oil and
suspended solids removal, and little required pretreatment. It places
a positive barrier between pollutants arid effluent which reduces the
possibility of extensive pollutant discharge due to operator error or
upset in settling and skimming systems. Alkaline values in alkaline
cleaning solutions can be recovered and reused in process.
A limitation of ultraf iltration for treatment of process effluents is
its narrow temperature range (18° to 30°C) for satisfactory operation.
Membrane life decreases with higher temperatures, but flux increases
at elevated temperatures. Therefore, surface area requirements are a
function of temperature and become a tradeoff between initial costs
and replacement costs for the membrane., In addition, ultraf iltration
cannot handle certain solutions. Strong oxidizing agents, solvents,
and other organic compounds can dissolve the membrane. Fouling is
sometimes a problem, although the high velocity of the wastewater
normally creates enough turbulence to keep fouling at a minimum.
Large solids particles can sometimes puncture the membrane and must be
253
-------
removed by gravity settling or filtration prior to the ultraf iltration
unit.
Operational Factors. Reliability: The reliability of an
ultrafiltration system is dependent on the proper filtration, settling
or other treatment of incoming waste streams to prevent damage to the
membrane. Careful pilot studies should be done in each instance to
determine necessary pretreatment steps and the exact membrane type to
be used.
Maintainability; A limited amount of regular maintenance is required
for the pumping system. In addition, membranes must be periodically
changed. Maintenance associated with membrane plugging can be reduced
by selection of a membrane with optimum physical characteristics and
sufficient velocity of the waste stream. It is often necessary to
occasionally pass a detergent solution through the system to remove an
oil and grease film which accumulates on the membrane. With proper
maintenance membrane life can be greater than twelve months.
d Waste Aspects; Ultrafiltration is used primarily to recover
solids and liquids-. It therefore eliminates solid waste problems when
the solids (e.g., paint solids) can be recycled to the process.
Otherwise, the stream containing solids must be treated by end-of-pipe
equipment. In the most probable applications within the coil coating
category, the ultrafilter would remove hydroxides or sulfides of
metals which have recovery value.
Demonstration Status. The ultrafiltration process is well developed
and commercially available for treatment of wastewater or recovery of
certain high molecular weight liquid and solid contaminants.
Vacuum Filtration
In wastewater treatment plants, sludge dewatering by vacuum filtration
generally uses cylindrical drum filters. These drums have a filter
medium which may be cloth made of natural or synthetic fibers or a
wire-mesh fabric. The drum is suspended above and dips into a vat of
sludge. As the drum rotates slowly, part of its circumference is
subject to an internal vacuum that draws sludge to the filter medium.
Water is drawn through the porous filter cake to a discharge port, and
the dewatered sludge, loosened by compressed air, is scraped from the
filter mesh. Because the dewatering of sludge on vacuum filters is
relativley expensive per kilogram of water removed, the liquid sludge
is frequently thickened prior to processing. A vacuum filter is shown
in Figure VII-30 (page 291).
254
-------
Application and Performance. Vacuum filters are frequently used both
in municipal treatment plants and in a wide variety of industries.
They are most commonly used in larger facilities, which may have a
thickener to double the solids -content of clarifier sludge before
vacuum filtering.
The function of vacuum filtration is to reduce the water content of
sludge, so that the solids content increases from about 5 percent to
about 30 percent.
Advantages and Limitations. Although the initial cost and area
requirement of the vacuum filtration system are higher than those of a
centrifuge, the operating cost is lower, and no special provisions for
sound and vibration protection need be made. The dewatered sludge
from this process is in the form of a moist cake and can be
conveniently handled.
Operational Factors. Reliability: Vacuum filter systems have proven
reliable at many industrial and municipal treatment facilities. At
present, the largest municipal installation is at the West Southwest
waste water treatment plant of Chicago, Illinois, where 96 large
filters were installed in 1925, functioned approximately 25 years, and
then were replaced with larger units. Original vacuum filters at
Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minnesota now have over 28 years of continuous
service, and Chicago has some units with similar or greater service
life.
Maintainability: Maintenance consists of the cleaning or replacement
of the filter media, drainage grids, drainage piping, filter pans, and
other parts of the equipment. Experience in a number of vacuum filter
plants indicates that maintenance consumes approximately 5 to 15
percent of the total time. If carbonate buildup or other problems are
unusually severe, maintenance time may be as high as 20 percent. For
this reason, it is desirable to maintain one or more spare units.
If intermittent operation is used, the filter equipment should be
drained and washed each time it is taken out of service. An allowance
for this wash time must be made in filtering schedules.
Solid Waste Aspects: Vacuum filters generate a solid cake which is
usually trucked directly to landfill. All of the metals extracted
from the plant wastewater are concentrated in the filter cake as
hydroxides, oxides, sulfides, or other salts.
Demonstration Status. Vacuum filtration has been widely used for many
years. It is a fully proven, conventional technology for sludge
dewatering.
255
-------
IN-PLANT TECHNOLOGY
The intent of in-plant technology for the coil coating point source
category is to reduce or eliminate the waste load requiring
end-of-pipe treatment and thereby improve the efficiency of an
existing waste treatment system or reduce the requirements of a new
treatment system. In-plant technology involves improved rinsing,
water conservation, process bath conservation, reduction of dragout,
automatic controls, good housekeeping practices, recovery and reuse of
process solutions, process modification and waste treatment. The in-
plant technology has been divided into two areas:
In-process treatment and controls
Process substitutions
In-Process Treatment and Controls
In-process treatment and controls can apply to both existing and new
installations and use technologies and methodologies that have already
been developed. Coil coating operations consist of three main
functional groups; cleaning, conversion coating and painting. Each of
these operations is amenable to reduction of both chemical and water
usage. These reductions in chemical and water usage are desirable
because of the attendant reductions in pollutant discharge which
results from treating smaller volumes of more concentrated waste
streams.
A major portion of the oil, grease, dirt and oxide coating is removed
from the coil by alkaline cleaning and rinsing. Cleaning of the coil
is extremely important because imcomplete cleaning adversely affects
subsequent operations. The primary factors that adversely affect
cleaning and rinsing efficiency are:
Incorrect alkaline cleaning compound for basis material.
Incorrect temperature of alkaline cleaning solution and rinse
water.
Insufficient number of spray nozzles or insufficient pressure for
both alkaline cleaning and rinsing.
Insufficient squeegee action to prevent excessive dragout of
alkaline cleaning solution.
Absence of bath equilibrium controls that automatically add make-
up water and cleaning solution.
Undefined soils
Insufficient time
Alkaline cleaning solutions are formulated for specific basis
materials. For example, the cleaning compound for steel is more
alkaline than for galvanized or aluminum. The most advanced alkaline
cleaning solutions contain phosphates that form soluble complexes with
256
-------
the dissolved basis materials rather than an insoluble sludge. The
formation of an insoluble sludge may necessitate discarding the
solution before exhausting all available alkalinity.
Operating temperature is as important as the proper alkaline cleaning
solution and concentration. A solution that is too cold may not be
able to dissolve either enough of the dry alkaline cleaning compound
or the dirt, oil, grease and oxides from the coil. A solution that is
too warm may set certain types of soil onto the coil itself, in the
spray nozzles, or onto the tank. In addition, excessive temperature
may cause excessive foaming.
Spray nozzles and pressures should be adequate to assure overlapping
coverage of the work area. Experience will dictate how fast the coil
can move and be effectively cleaned with a given set of spray nozzles
and pressure.
Following the alkaline cleaning, squeegees are important to reduce
dragout of the alkaline cleaning compounds. Excessive dragout reduces
the rinsing rate and wastes cleaning materials. Of the thirteen
visited plants, ten have dragout control in the form of squeegees or
air knives somewhere in the line. Automatic alkalinity sensors can
reduce the consumption of alkaline cleaning compounds; six of the
visited plants used automatic controls to maintain bath equilibrium.
The use of alkaline cleaning rinse water as make-up to the alkaline
cleaning tank can conserve water. Another applicable water
conservation mechanism (particularly for new installations) is a
countercurrent rinse. This system uses only one fresh water feed for
the entire set of tanks, and it is introduced in the last tank of the
arrangement. The overflow from each tank becomes the feed for the
tank preceding it. Thus, the concentration of contaminants decreases
rapidly from the first to the last tank. Two stage rinsing can
achieve a 30 to 1 reduction in water requirements while 3 stages can
reduce flow 100 to 1 for the same cleanliness requirements.
Countercurrent rinses can be used at coating plants and are quite
common in the electroplating industry.
The conversion coating function is the heart of the coil coating
operation. This is one of the steps in which material is added to the
coil. The three types of conversion coating operations used are
chromating, phosphating (either zinc or iron) and complex oxides.
A number of parameters require monitoring and control to maximize
coating formation rate and minimize the amount of material discarded.
All types of conversion coating operations require careful monitoring
and control of pH. If the pH is not kept at the optimum level, either
the chemical reaction proceeds too slowly or the surface of the coil
257
-------
is excessively etched. The pH of the system can be sensed
electronically and automatic make-up of specific chemicals performed
in accordance with manufacturers' specifications. This control was
used at six of the visited plants. Chemical suppliers provide a
series of chemicals for each type of conversion coating. The series
includes a bath make-up and one or two replenishment chemicals
depending upon the constituent that has been depleted. This system
maximizes use of all chemicals and provides for a continued high
quality product.
Temperature must be constantly monitored and kept within an acceptable
range. Low temperatures will slow film formation and high
temperatures will degrade the freshly formed film. For a given coil
speed, there should be adequate spray nozzle coverage and pressure.
This assures that all areas of the coil have sufficient reaction time
to allow buildup of a specified film thickness. After film formation,
a set of squeegees is required to reduce dragout which wastes
unreacted conversion coating chemicals and contaminates the subsequent
sealing rinse.
The chromating conversion coating chemicals contain significant
quantities of hexavalent and trivalent chromium. The hexavalent
chromium eventually becomes reduced to trivalent chromium, precluding
its use as part of the film. Certain chromating conversion coating
systems are able to regenerate chromium. These systems pump
chromating conversion coating solution out of the process tank to
another tank where it is electrolytically regenerated. This
application of electrical current to the solution increases the
valance of the trivalent chromium to hexavalent chromium. The
solution is then returned to the process tank. This chromium
regeneration process was employed at two plants.
A sealing rinse is used for both phosphate and chromate conversion
coatings. The sealing rinses are basically dilute solutions of
chromic acid, phosphoric acid and sometimes certain metal ions such as
zinc. Depending upon the type of conversion coating and basis
material, various proportions of these constituents are used. This
sealing rinse removes unreacted conversion coating chemicals from the
film surface, thereby stopping the reactions and sealing the effective
pore area of the film with a layer of chromium complexes. Similar to
conversion coating operations, the solution must be maintained at
proper temperatures and spray nozzle area and pressure must be
adequate for the desired coil speed. The rinse can be recirculated
and reused until dragged in conversion coating chemicals contaminate
the bath, rinsing action is affected, or the chemicals themselves are
depleted. Following the sealing rinse, good practice provides a
squeegee roll and an air knife to prevent dragout and to prevent wet
strip from entering the painting operation.
258
-------
The subsequent painting and baking operations are followed by a water
spray quench. This quench cools the basis material and films for
either subsequent coats of paint or final rewinding. The freshly
painted and cured surfaces are clean and stable and very little
contamination of the quench water occurs. To conserve water and
prevent dilution of other plant wastes discharging to treatment,
quench water can either be recycled through a cooling tower, with
make-up water added as needed, or reused as the cleaning or conversion
coating rinse. Fifteen plants in the data base had the necessary
equipment for partial or full quench water recycle. Five plants
reused a portion of their quench water as the cleaning rinse.
In-Process Substitutions
The in-process substitutions for this industry involve only the
conversion coating phases of the total operation. The alkaline
cleaning, rinsing, painting, baking, and quenching operations remain
virtually unchanged. These inprocess substitutions either eliminate
the discharge of a significant pollutant or entirely eliminate
discharge from the conversion coating operation.
Certain chromating solutions contain cyanide ions to promote faster
reaction of the solution. Cyanide is a priority pollutant which
requires separate treatment to remove it once in solution.
There are competing chemical systems that do not contain cyanide
efforts should be made to eliminate cyanide use where possible.
and
Certain sealing rinses contain zinc which, is also a priority
pollutant and requires treatment before being discharged. Efforts
should be made to incorporate and use sealing rinses that do not
contain zinc. Several of the visited plants used non-zinc sealing
rinses.
No-rinse conversion coating is a possible substitute for chromate
conversion coating which can be applied to steel, galvanized and
aluminum basis materials. The operation eliminates chromate
conversion coating bath dumps and sealing rinse discharges by applying
the coating with a roll coater. Existing lines require extensive
modification to effectively use this technology. Three plants in the
data base indicated that they currently use no-rinse conversion
coating. The high line speeds and nature of no-rinse conversion
coating require more precise control of cleaning, rinsing, and drying
than a typical conversion coating line with rinsing. No-rinse
conversion coating requires only liquid level monitoring as bath
constituents are all depleted at the same rate.
259
-------
pH CONTROLLER
U
t
a
<
u
2
:- X
:> o
o a
a
«
<
O
U
s
J
|
«
X
z
1-
z
s
ct
a.
III
Q
X
O
5
K
U.
X
H
Z
O
u
Q
111
OL
o
t£
I
U
1-
Ul
<
X
lu
X
UI
a:
D
260
-------
10
10'—
10
89 10 11 12 13
FIGURE VII-2. COMPARATIVE SOLUBILITIES OF METAL HYDROXIDES
AND SULFIDE AS A FUNCTION OF pH
261
-------
o
O
o
:>
o
0 0
o
<
0
°oooc
•
*
(Q
0
c
o*
o o c
c
0
o
c
o
s
UENTpH
J
u.
u
3
5
2
S
n «t in CM •-
I
c.
I-
UJ
LL
U,
tu
Z
i
ui
o
P
Z
U
u
o
u
u
N
H
IU
LL
U.
Id
U
tz
D
(Tl/OW) NOIJ.VUJ.N3DNOD DNIZ JLN3mjJ3
262
-------
0.40
SODA ASH AND
CAUSTIC SODA
8,0
8.5
9.0
il.5
10.0
10.5
PH
FIGURE VU-4. LEAD SOLUBILITY IN THREE ALKALIES
263
-------
INFLUENT
EFFLUENT
ii—«—FILTER
KBACKWASH
FILTER
COMPARTMENT
COLLECTION CHAMBER
DRAIN
FIGURE VII-5. GRANULAR BED FILTRATION
264
-------
PERFORATED
BACKING PLATE
FABRIC
FILTER MEDIUM
SOLID
RECTANGULAR
END PLATE
INLET
SLUDGE
FABRIC
FILTER MEDIUM
ENTRAPPED SOLIDS
FILTERED LIQUID OUTLET
PLATES AND FRAMES ARE
PRESSED TOGETHER DURING
FILTRATION CYCLE
RECTANGULAR
METAL PLATE
RECTANGULAR FRAME
FIGURE V1I-6. PRESSURE FILTRATION
265
-------
SEDIMENTATION BASIN
INLET ZONE
INLET LIQUID
BAFFLES TO MAINTAIN
QUIESCENT CONDITIONS
OUTLET ZONE
"•"•V^,. * * SETTLING PARTICLE
* * • """"*—-.* • TRAJECTORY . •
OUTLET LIQUID
BELT-TYPE SOLIDS COLLECTION
MECHANISM
SETTLED PARTICLES COLLECTED
AND PERIODICALLY REMOVED
CIRCULAR CLARIFIES
INLET LIQUID
CIRCULAR BAFFLE
SETTLING ZONE
ANNULAR OVERFLOW WEIR
OUTLET LIQUID
REVOLVING COLLECTION
MECHANISM
SETTLING PARTICLES
SETTLED PARTICLES
COLLECTED AND PERIODICALLY
REMOVED
SLUDGE DRAWOFF
FIGURE VII-7. REPRESENTATIVE TYPES OF SEDIMENTATION
266
-------
c
j
i
«
t
I
1
I
(
C
c
1
n
"
n
:
3
f
>
C
il
a
L
i
t
a
£
3
5
i
N
to
0
h
E
111
ia
0
0
19
0
U
J
c
u
IL
0
e
o
S
3
Z
<
:>>
i
^
h
Z
h
0
U
J
5
L)
*.
1
'"
J
r»
oO
i
O
o o
0
Oc
(J
c
c
1
>
<
>
c
>
I
>
(
^
c
<
<.
)
(
f
<
1
><
>
>
^
)
>c
1
UJ
Q£
D
(I/ON) NOiivuj.N3DNOD
o
e
a3a.v:ayjL wniwavo
o
o
267
-------
d
_j_J_|
-
in
O
p
<
K
'ATIONS: 64
>ATING OBSE
* \i
a, u
in j
w -
m o
0 U
Ex. U,
0 0
tt K
U U
o m
S 2
3 13
Z Z
Q
1
<
D
IU
Z
<
u
j
J
V
C
O
O
o
°o
-n — :-
c
0
o
-<>--*
^ s
CO
•><
-f=)
_4,
V^
^
v~
v
§
c
•
<^
O
0
7"!
O
0
r»
<
0°
0°y
L:
f
: <
^
-©-
c^
')
-0-
o
-e
QD
o
o
o
o
d
o
>
i
x>
N
%
o
o
o
"j
I
z
o
p
K
H
z
u
u
0
u
u
to
<
3
K
s
i
o
K
I
U
2
O
X
u
1
LU
Z
LU
P
U
LU
U.
Lu
LU
Z
o
p
^
fr-
ill
^
Q
LU
Cfl
08
O
P
i
a.
u
LU
oe
0.
LU
Q
X
o
Q
I
o>
i
LU
O
Lb
(1/3W)
Q3JLV3UJ.
268
-------
r
(
\
(
li
0
n
C
- -Ii
C
' fl
li
a
«
••
2
3
s
i
i
>
{
a
i)
i
)
u
)
£
J
1
:
J
••
10
0
P
E
M
DO
O
o
z
P
o
{)
1
5
U
ii,
o
K
UI
a
n
z
1
C
O
h
<
Q
Z
h
3
U
J
5
u
^
1
O
•,
O
(
L
^)
c
0
o
O
0 0
c
w
)
(
I
^
)
>
c
")
^
D
i
-^
^
U
F*-V
0
L
J
— n
rrr
o
T7~
o
c
o
.-»
0
o
nc£
rr-
D
d
'
-<
J-
(
>
-©
U
I
o
D
0
u
c
*•
e
o
0
o
o
o
o
")
*)
}
J
?s
3
3
o
^
o"
z
0
P
Q;
1-
z
u
u
z
o
o
u
(A
*
<
K
tt
u
COPP
01
UI
a.
a.
O
u
i
UI
Z
UI
H
O
UI
t
UI
1
H-
S
Z
UI
^
Q
UI
cn
^
O
H
ft
a.
u
UI
i
UI
P
X
O
Of
Q
X
d
UI
a:
D
O
ul
269
-------
co
CO
in
O
_ H
<
" >
- a
- U
m
Ul
W
m
O
o
z
J-
<
o
u
O""
u
0
Q;
U
m
s
z
o
<
Q
0
z
H
<
0
u
j
O
u
^
|
|
O
6
c
0
o
(
>
0
<
•
p
m
)
3
•
M
|
4
v_
/•
L
^
^
t
")
o
<
v(
f
<
(
;>
>
>
>
(
I
o
c
1
<
Q
•>
^
^
O
r
D
ft
S^
VO
tw
1 .
o
o
<
.
o
00
, u
\
'r\
O
0
O.
V (
^ /-I
^
ox c
^TJ
n
© 0
0
\§v
> A>
\
\
Q
<
>
\
c
3
^
,<
*
£
}
0
o
o
3
~"
«•
c
o
O
^
0
o
0
•"•
o
o
^
_1
u"
Z
0
H
u
u
z
o
u
u
U)
<
Z
0
tt.
z
O
ce
la
u
>
u
uj
u.
u.
u
I
<
LU
O
u
UI
o:
a.
u
Q
X
O
o:
a
UI
D
El
(-I/OW) NOIJLVUiNHDNOD
Q3J.V3aj. NOHI
270
-------
0
(I
• 2
4
5
0
U
u
a
d
u
a
a
.2
1
»
'
><
:
i ;
• :
; •
> <
: (
':
<
i
i
(
|
C
:
:
_
..
lii
>
t
a
a
D
a
!
«
=C
J
j
5
L
C
1
a
£
3
1
•
f
•
C
I
I
(
i
Q,
I
t
•
*
3
9
r
«
)
J
)
\.
1
" O
— a — :
o
o
QE-
.
0
5
^
(
C
0
1 (
•)
—
"
o
o
o
c
o
-©-
TT~
no
Q>
_il_.
o
>
>
^
J
S
8V
i
^
r
•
<
o
o
j"
o"
2,
O
P
e
i-
u
u
0
u
u
£
<
s
a
o
u
UI
_i
i
UI
z
UI
p
u
UI
u.
u.
. ^
o
1
UI
A
Q
UI
W)
cK
*v
o
jr
H
u
UI
CK
a.
UI
Q
X
o
Q
X
1
UI
U
D
(9
iZ
o
o
_ o
o
o
(n/ow) NoiivaxN30Noo
271
-------
o
N
OT
0
H
•!•
Ill
in
m
0
tu
o
IK
U
m
5
3
Z
~
U)
O
a
U)
m
O
o
Z
t-
"i.
o
J
o
u
u*
o
tK
m
S
Z
<
Jf
«£
Q
O
Z
H
U
O""
u
\
1
e_
t
1
o
o
I JL
f"V?^"
vQw
I ^K
^
^
>
t;
^
(-]
c
o
c
«->
s
>
k
'
^
k
o
o
o
o
a
•"
0
0
».
>>
^
Z
o
H
H
Z
U
U
Z
o
u
u
(0
I
3
111
U)
Ul
<
o
(ft
en
ui
z
UI
>
u
UI
u.
u.
.UI
o
<
Z
UI
a
UI
en
a: ii
ui
(0
u
Z
(9
Z
O
B
a.
U
Ul
a:
a.
ui
a
><
o
CK
a
Ul
K
O
o
d
— o
o
(1/OW) NOI1VUJ.N30NOD
Q3JLV3aj. 3S3NVONVW
272
-------
o
d
•\
)
to
tn
0
h
<
111
M
m
0
O
rr
u
o
Z
z.
I
*~"
in
W
2
O
e
0)
m
O
O
z
1-
>
^,
p
D
^*
*•*
f1
i
P
!!>
O
^
O
0
o
C
"P
o
C
C
C
o
o
<
)
D
^}
)
r
C
o
o
D
O
o
*
C
:>
r»
C
1
C
a
^
^
C
o
o
d
o
•"
0
d
>
J
^
o
«•
)
I
X
a
_I
u
u
z
ui
y
z
V)
J
o"
_
z
0
TRAT
Z
U
o
z
o
u
H
M
ff
UJ
z
U!
H
U
UJ
u.
u.
Ul
z
o
§
H
Z
UJ
^
Q
UJ
en
tS
Z
o
u
HI
a:
a.
u
a
X
o
a:
a
x-
X
UI
CD
\L
N01XVUJ.N39N03
273
-------
o
d
r»
4
4
•
•
'-
»
•
55
D
E
il
M
m
0
0
If
ui
o
E
z
N
ui
o
HH
>
U)
m
O
o
z
rj
O
u
o
u
0
ff
ui
m
£
Z
_
^
C
H
D
U)
Z
H
O
U
J
u
V
c
'
9)0
o
d
C
r
V
£
0
<
~b
s
CK3D
; \ <
/
o
\
•f
(
J
^
1<
I
u
o
} <
o
~)
^
>
o
0
d
o
o
d
0
o
o
o
d
D
e
o
d
0
o
o
d
o
*"
o
d
)
O
^_^
o"
.s.
z
0
<
K
H
Z
E CONCE
U)
£
K
tn
O
z
0.
i
0.
CO
D
O
I
Q.
1
0.
1
CO
CO
n
UI
p
u
UI
u.
u.
UI
z
0
U«
1MENTA
Q
UI
CO
eb
Z
O
H
t-
E
u
UI
o:
CL
UI
g
O
Q
I
in
i
UI
ce
D
(3
iZ
(1/OM) NOIJ.VHXN3ONOO
Q3XV3UX SHUOHclSOHd
274
-------
~
-
10
ai
Z
0
h
Iil
in
a
0
IL
0
c
u
o
2
z
N
M
o
p
o:
bl
(A
O
O
O
Z
r"
()
.,1
0
U
U.
O
K
111
ffl
S
Z
0
1
<
U
z
H
o
u
j
O
u
V
i
1 '
C
d
0°
0
v r
)
^*
L
(
^
(
^
3
'4
D
b-
(
ct
^^
3
•>
s
^
o
c
o
*
(1
©t
f*L
^•^
1
^% /
^)
s
s,
)
o
(
o
o c
(~\
)
f
V.
r
S
<
*
I
h<
D
(
^
)
^
f
p
^
•N
(
O
(
<
;
•>
)
0
o
o
n
V
O
D
o
(
o
n
O
>8
^^
O
0
o
o
o
o
d
0
*™
0
o
o
^.
o
u
z
N
__
J
o"
c.
z
o
p
a
H
UI
U
z
O
u
u
H
U)
3
s
a
u
z
N
UJ
Z
UJ
H
U
UJ
u.
u.
UJ
z
o
p
<|
H
U
2
a
UJ
U)
00
Z
O
H
H
E
u
UJ
o:
a.
UJ
a
X
o
DC
a
to
u
(D
E
o
o
(I/ON) NOIO.VUJ.N3DNOO AN3mjJ3 Q3JLV3UJL 3NIZ
275
-------
FLANGE
WASTE WATER
WASH WATER
SURFACE WASH
MANIFOLD
BACKWASH
INFLUENT
DISTRIBUTOR
*- BACKWASH
REPLACEMENT CARBON
CARBON REMOVAL PORT
TREATED WATER
SUPPORT PLATE
FIGURE VII-17. ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION COLUMN
276
-------
CONVEYOR DRIVE
LIQUID
OUTLET
SLUDGE
INLET
CYCLOGEAR
SLUDGE
DISCHARGE
BOWL REGULATING IMPELLER
RING
FIGURE VII-18. CENTRIFUGATION
277
-------
TAM£ VII-18
TREATABILITY RATING OP PRIORITY POLLUTANTS UTILIZING CARBON ADSORPTION
Priority Pollutant
1. acenaphthene
2. acrolein
3. actylonitrile
4. benzene
5. benzidine
6. carton tetrachlorlde
(tetrachloromethane)
7. chlorobenzene
8. 1,2,4-tricnlorobenzene
9. hexachlorobenzene
10. 1,2-dichloroethane
11. 1,1,1-trichloroethane
12. hexachloroethane
13. 1,1-dichloroethane
14. 1,1,2-tcichloroethane
15. 1,1,2,2-tetrachloiroethane
16. chloroethane
17. bis(chlorcmethyl)ether
18. bis(2-chloroethyl)ether
19. 2-chloroethyl vinyl ether
(mixed)
20. 2-chloronaphthalene
21. 2,4,6-trichlorcphenol
22. parachlorometa cresol
23. chloroform (trichlorcmethane)
24. 2-chlorophenol
25. 1,2-dichlorcbenzene
26. 1,3-dichlorobenzene
27. 1,4-dichlorobenzene
28. 3,3'-dichlorobenzidine
29, 1,1-dichloroethylene
30. 1,2-trans-dichloroethylene
31. 2,4-dicW.orophenol
32. 1,2-dichloropropane
33. 1,2-dichloropropylene
(1,3,-dicnlorcproperfc /
34. 2,4-dinfithylpbenol
35. 2,4-dinitrotoluene
36. 2,6-dinitrotoiuene
37. 1,2-diphenylhydrazine
38. ethylbenzene
39. fluoranthene
40. 4-chloroFhenyl phenyl ether
41. 4-brornophenyl phenyl ether
42. bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether
43. bis(2-chloroethoxy)metharie
44. methylene chloride
(dichloromethane)
45. methyl chloride (chloromethane)
46. methyl bromide (brarcme thane)
47. bronofonn (t rib tenure thane)
48. dichlorobroncnethane
Priority Pollutant
*Removal Rating
H 49. trichlorofluoromethane M
L 50. dichlorodifluoromethane L
L 51. chlorodibroncnEthane M
H 52. hexachlorobutadiene H
H 53. hexachlorocyclopentacliene H
M 54. isophorone H
55. naphthalene H
H 56. nitrobenzene H
H 57. 2-nitrophenol H
H 58. 4-nitrpphenol H
H 59, 2,4-dinitrophenol H
H 60. 4,6-dinitro-o-cresol H
H 61. N-nitrosodimethylamine M
H 62. N-nitrosodiphenylamine R
M 63. N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine M
H 64. pentachlorophenol R
L 65. phenol M
66. bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate H
H 67. butyl benzyl phthalate H
L 68. di-n-butyi phthalate H
69. di-n-octyl phthalate H
R 70. diethyl phthalate H
R 71. dimethyl phthalate H
H 72. 1,2-benzanthracene (benzo H
L (a)anthracene)
H 73. benzo(a)pyrene (3,4-tenzo- H
H pyrene)
R 74. 3,4-benzofluoranthene H
H (benzo(b)fluoranthene)
H 75. 11,12-benzofluoranthene H
L (benzo(k)fluoranthene)
L 76. chrysene H
H 77, acenaphthylene H
H 78. anthracene H
M 79. 1,12-benzoperylene (benzo H
(ghi)-perylene)
R 80. fluoeene H
H 81. phenanthrene H
H 82. 1,2,5,6-dibenzathracene H
R (dibenzo (a,h) anthracene)
M 83. indeno (1,2,3-cd) pyrene H
H (2,3-o-phenylene pyrene)
H 84. pyrene
R 85. tetrachloroethylene M
M 86. toluene H
H 87. trichloroethylene L
L 88. vinyl chloride L
(chloroethylene)
L 106. PCB-1242 (Arochlor 1242) H
L 107. PCB-1254 (Atochlor 1254) H
H 108. PCB-1221 (Arochlor 1221) H
M 109. PCB-1332 (Arochlor 1232) H
110. PCB-1248 {Arochlor 1248) H
111. PCB-1260 (Arochlor 1260) H
112. PCB-1016 (Arochlor 1016) H
*Renoval Rating
* NOTE; Explanation of Removal RAtings
Category H (high removal)
adsorbs at levels >_ 100 mg/g carbon at C* « 10 ing/1
adsorbs at levels >_ 100 mg/g carbon at C£ < 1.6 ing/1
Category H (moderate renewal)
adsorbs at levels J> 100 mg/g carbon at C- « 10 mgA
adsorbs at levels <_100 mg/g carbon at C^ < 1.0 mg/1
Category L (low removal)
adsorbs at levels < 100 ng/g carbon at Cf » 10 rog/l
adsorbs at levels < 10 mg/g carbon at Cf < 1.0 mg/1
Cf - final concentrations of priority pollutant at equilibria!!
278
-------
TABLE VII-19
CLASSES OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS ADSORBED ON CARBON
Organic Chemical Class
Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Polynuclear Aromatics
Chlorinated Aromatics
Phenolics
Chlorinated Phenolics
High Molecular Weight Aliphatic and
Branch Chain Hydrocarbons
Chlorinated Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
High Molecular Weight Aliphatic Acids
and Aromatic Acids
High Molecular Weight Aliphatic Amines
and Aromatic Amines
High Molecular Weight Ketones, Esters,
Ethers and Alcohols
Surfactants
Soluble Organic Dyes
Examples of Chemical Class
benzene, toluene, xylene
naphthalene, anthracene
bephenyls
chlorobenzene, polychlorinated
biphenyls, aldrin, endrin,
toxaphene, DDT
phenol, cresol, resorcenol
and polyphenyls
trichlorophenol, pentachloro-
phenol
gasoline, kerosine
carbon tetrachloride,
perchloroethylene
tar acids, benzoic acid
aniline, toluene diamine
hydroquinone, polyethylene
glycol
alkyl benzene sulfonates
melkylene blue, Indigo carmine
High Molecular Weight includes compounds in the broad range of from 4 to 20
carbon atoms.
279
-------
O
I
EE
o
u
UI
2
m
ui
lr
to
<
UI
Q
1
U
U.
O
I-
z
UI
z
<
UI
K
UI
(£
3
280
-------
CONTROLS
OZONE
GENERATOR
DRY AIR
01
OZONE
REACTION
TANK
TREATED
WASTE
RAW WASTE-
FIGURE VII-20. TYPICAL OZONE PLANT FOR WASTE TREATMENT
281
-------
MIXER
0
WASTEWATER
FEED TANK
L
FIF
ST
SE
ST
Tl
s:
+
(0
1ST §
AGE j
>
3
W ,
:OND ;§.
AGE ^
>,
3
(0
H:
4IRD j=
"AGE j
un =
j-D
L PUMP
TREATED WATEfi
C
11
1
c:
ll
II
r ^ EXHAUST
| |
c
| |
j
c
=3
i
!
c
GAS
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
PH MONITORING
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
PH MONITORING
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
PH MONITORING
OZONE
OZONE
GENERATOR
FIGURE VII-21. UV/OZONATION
282
-------
K
U
n
ribt
Z
Ul
1
O
uj
O
QL
O
a.
ill
u.
O
W)
m
O
I-
E
2
u
u
a
D
I-
Q
III
O
E
U
S
m
3
U)
UJ
Of
D
O
EL
283
-------
OILY WATER
INFLUENT
MOTOR
DRIVEN
RAKE
\liili
WATER
DISCHARGE
OVERFLOW
SHUTOFF
VALVE
AIR IN
BACK PRESS
VALVE
TO SLUDGE
TANK "
EXCESS
AIR OUT
LEVEL
CONTROLLER
FIGURE VII-23. DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION
284
-------
CONDUIT
TO MOTOR
INFLUENT
CONDUIT TO
OVERLOAD
ALARM
COUNTERFLOW
INFLUENT WELL
DIRECTION OF ROTATION
EFFLUENT PIPE
EFFLUENT CHANNEL
PLAN
TURNTABLE
BASE
HANDRAIL
INFLUENT »
CENTER COLUMN
CENTER CAGE
WEIR
STILTS
CENTER SCRAPER
SQUEEGEE
FIGURE VII-24. GRAVITY THICKENING
285
-------
WASTE WATER CONTAINING
DISSOLVED METALS OR
OTHER IONS
DIVERTER VALVE
DISTRIBUTOR
REGENERANT
SOLUTION
SUPPORT
REGENERANT TO REUSE,
TREATMENT, OR DISPOSAL
-DIVERTER VALVE
METAL-FREE WATER
FOR REUSE OR DISCHARGE
FIGURE VII-25. ION EXCHANGE WITH REGENERATION
286
-------
MACROMOLECULES
AND SOLIDS
MEMBRANE
= 450 PSI
PERMEATE (WATER)
FEED
O SALTS OR SOLIDS
• WATER MOLECULES
WATER
MEMBRANE CROSS SECTION,
INI TUBULAR, HOLLOW FIBER,
OR SPIRAL-WOUND CONFIGURATION
CONCENTRATE
(SALTS)
FIGURE V1I-26. SIMPLIFIED REVERSE O>SMOSIS SCHEMATIC
287
-------
PERMEATE
TUBE
ADHESIVE BOUND
SPIRAL MODULE
PERMEATE
FLOW
FEED
CONCENTRATE
FLOW
BACKING MATERIAL
•MESH SPACER
•MEMBRANE
SPIRAL MEMBRANE MODULE
POROUS SUPPORT TUBE
WITH MEMBRANE
BRACKISH
WATER
FEED FLOW
PRODUCT WATER
PERMEATE FLOW
BRINE
CONCENTRATE
FLOW
I I »< b • »t « t
PRODUCT WATER
TUBULAR REVERSE OSMOSIS MODULE
SNAP
RING
"O" RING
SEAL
OPEN ENDS
OF FIBERS
EPOXY
TUBE SHEET
POROUS
BACK-UP DISC
SNAP
RING
CONCENTRATE
OUTLET
END PLATE
POROUS FEED
DISTRIBUTOR TUBE '
PERMEATE
END PLATE
HOLLOW FIBER MODULE
FIGURE VII-27. REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE CONFIGURATIONS
288
-------
c
ir
TT
jj
n
J H fr
)l
j
1
1
1 II \
II
JL.
6-IN. VITR1FIE
WITH PLASTIC
V
ij
1 |l C
ll
i!
1 1
1
ll
? II h
ll
:D PIPE LAID-/
: JOINTS
3 |i fcb !! (
n
n
n
n
n
n
ii
^—SPLASH BOX
II
(1
jl
., jj J
II
II s
B-
Q Ij
« i!
a. 0)11 ;
D - il
Ul o|l
|lii ;
> 1 1
ZH|I i \
<0 5||
J^,
l' !
• C
1
1
i
i tj
jj
1 1
9 {j
ii
1 1
II
H
. i
ll
!!
ii
JL
...
i1
i i
ii
il
n
1 1
n
6-IN. FLANGED 11
/^\ SHEAR GATE
\ M
H
i "
n
B
MM
!
1
FINE SAND
COARSE SAND
FINE GRAVEL
MEDIUM GRAVEL
6 IN. COARSE GRAVEL
v
2-1N. PLANK
WALK
PIPE COLUMN FOR
GLASS-OVER
3-IN. MEDIUM GRAVEL
2-IN. COARSE SAND
6-IN. UNDERDRA1N LAID
WITH OPEN JOINTS
SECTION A-A
FIGURE Vll-28. SLUDGE DRYING BED
289
-------
ULTRAFILTRATION
MACROMOLECULES
P- 10-50 PSI
MEMBRANE
WATER SALTS
-MEMBRANE
PERMEATE
• • i -
*
« •
• O
FEED
• o
O CONCENTRATE
• *o • •
1
T
O OIL PARTICLES
• DISSOLVED SALTS AND LOW-MOLECULAR-WEIGHT ORGANIC!!
FIGURE VII-29. SIMPLIFIED ULTRAFILTRATION FLOW SCHEMATIC
290
-------
FABRIC OR WIRE
FILTER MEDIA
STRETCHED OVER
REVOLVING DRUM
DIRECTION OF ROTATION
ROLLER
SOLIDS SCRAPED
OFF FILTER MEDIA
STEEL
CYLINDRICAL
FRAME
LIQUID FORCE
THROUGH
MEDIA BY
MEANS OF
VACUUM \
SOLIDS COLLECTION
HOPPER
INLET LIQUID
TO BE
FILTERED
-TROUGH
FILTERED LIQUID
FIGURE VII-30. VACUUM FILTRATION
291
-------
-------
SECTION VIII
COST OF WASTE WATER CONTROL AND TREATMENT
INTRODUCTION
This section presents estimates of the costs of implementing
wastewater treatment and control options for each of the subcategories
included in the Coil Coating Category. These cost estimates, together
with the estimated pollutant reduction performance for each treatment
and control option presented in Sections IX, X, XI, and XII provide a
basis for evaluating the options presented and identification of the
best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), best
available technology economically achievable (BAT), best demonstrated
technology (BDT), and the best alternative for pretreatment. The cost
estimates also provide the basis for the determining the probable
economic impact on the coil coating category of regulation at
different pollutant discharge levels. In addition, this section
addresses non-water quality environmental impacts of wastewater
treatment and control alternatives, including air pollution, noise
pollution, solid wastes, and energy requirements.
In developing the cost estimates presented in this section, EPA
selected specific wastewater treatment technologies and in-process
control techniques from among those discussed in Section VII and
combined them in wastewater treatment and control systems appropriate
for each subcategory. As described in more detail below, investment
and annual costs for each system were estimated based on wastewater
flow rates and raw waste characteristics for each subcategory as
presented in Section V. Cost estimates are also presented for
individual treatment technologies included in the waste treatment
systems.
COST ESTIMATION METHODOLOGY ,
Cost estimation is accomplished using a computer program which accepts
inputs specifying the treatment system to be estimated, chemical
characteristics of the raw waste streams treated, flow rates and
operating schedules. The program accesses models for specific
treatment components which relate component investment and operating
costs, materials and energy requirements, and effluent stream
characteristics to influent flow rates and stream characteristics.
Component models are exercised sequentially as the components are
encountered in the system to determine chemical characteristics and
flow rates at each point. Component investment and annual costs are
also determined and used in the computation of total system costs.
Mass balance calculations are used to determine the characteristics of
combined streams resulting from mixing two or more streams and to
293
-------
determine the volume of sludges or liquid wastes resulting from
treatment operations such as sedimentation, filtration, flotation, and
oil separation.
Cost estimates are broken down into several distinct elements in
addition to total investment and annual costs: operation and
maintenance costs, energy costs, depreciation, and annual costs of
capital. The cost estimation program incorporates provisions for
adjustment of all costs to a common dollar base on the basis of
economic indices appropriate to capital equipment and operating
supplies. Labor and electrical power costs are input variables
appropriate to the dollar base year for cost estimates. These cost
breakdown and adjustment factors as well as other aspects of the cost
estimation process are discussed in greater detail in the following
paragraphs.
Cost Estimation Input Data
The waste treatment system descriptions input to the computer cost
estimation program include both a specification of the waste treatment
components included and a definition of their interconnections. For
some components, retention times or other operating parameters are
specified in the input, while for others, such as reagent mix tanks
and clarifiers, these parameters are specified within the program
based on prevailing design practice in industrial waste treatment.
The waste treatment system descriptions may include multiple raw waste
stream inputs and multiple treatment trains. For example, Cyanide
bearing waste streams are segregated and treated for cyanide oxidation
prior to mixing with other chromium bearing wastes for chromium re-
duction and subsequent chemical precipitation treatment with the
remaining process wastewater.
The specific treatment systems selected for cost estimation for each
subcategory were based on an examination of raw waste characteristics,
consideration of manufacturing processes, and an evaluation of
available treatment technologies discussed in Section V. The
rationale for selection of these systems is presented in Section IX,
which also discusses their pollution removal effectiveness.
The input data set also includes chemical characteristics for each raw
waste stream (specified as input to the treatment systems for which
costs are to be estimated). These characteristics are derived from
the raw waste sampling data presented in Section V. The pollutant
parameters which are presently accepted as input by the cost
estimation program appear in Table VIII-1 (page 321). The values of
these parameters are used in determining materials consumption, sludge
volumes, treatment component sizes and effluent characteristics. The
list of input parameters is expanded periodically as additional
pollutants are found to be significant in waste streams from
294
-------
industries under study and as additional treatment technology cost and
performance data become available. For the coil coating category,
individual subcategories commonly encompass a number of different
waste streams which are present to varying degrees at different
facilities. The raw waste characteristics shown as input to waste
treatment represent a mix of these streams including all significant
pollutants generated in the subcategory and do not correspond
precisely to process wastewater at any existing facility. The process
by which these raw wastes were defined is explained in Section V.
The final input data set comprises raw waste flow rates for each input
stream for one or more plants in each subcategory addressed. Three
cases corresponding to high, low and typical flows encountered at
existing facilities were used for each coil coating subcategory to
represent the range of treatment costs which would be incurred in the
implementation of each control and treatment option offered. In
addition, data corresponding to the flow rates reported by each plant
in the category were input to the computer to provide cost estimates
for use in economic impact analysis.
System Cost Computation
Figure VIII-1 (page 322) presents a simplified flow chart for the
estimation of wastewater treatment and control costs from the input
data described above. In the computation, raw waste characteristics
and flow rates for the first case are used as input to the model for
the first treatment technology specified in the system definition.
This model is used to determine the size and cost of the component,
materials and energy consumed in its operation, and the volume and
characteristics of the stream(s) discharged from it. These stream
characteristics are then used as input to the next component(s)
encountered in the system definition. This procedure is continued
until the complete system costs and the volume and characteristics of
the final effluent stream(s) and sludge or concentrated oil wastes
have been determined. In addition to treatment components, the system
may include mixers in which two streams are combined, and splitters in
which part of a stream is directed to another destination. These
elements are handled by mass balance calculations and allow cost
estimation for specific treatment of segregated process wastes such as
oxidation of cyanide bearing wastes prior to combination with other
process wastes for further treatment, and representation of partial
recycle of wastewater.
As an example of this computation process, the sequence of
calculations involved in the development of cost estimates for the
simple treatment system shown in Figure VIII-2 (page 323) may be
described. Initially, input specifications for the treatment system
are read to set up the sequence of computations. The subroutine
addressing chemical precipitation and clarification is then accessed.
295
-------
The sizes of the mixing tank and clarification basin are calculated
based on the raw waste flow rate to provide 45 minute retention in the
mix tank and 4 hour retention with 33.3 gph/ft2 surface loading in the
clarifier. Based on these sizes, investment and annual costs for
labor, supplies for the mixing tank and clarifier including mixers,
clarifier rakes and other directly related equipment are determined.
Fixed investment costs are then added to account for sludge pumps,
controls and reagent feed systems.
Based on the input raw waste concentrations and flow rates, the
reagent additions (lime, alum, and polyelectrolyte) are calculated to
provide fixed concentrations of alum and polyelectrolyte and 10%
excess lime over that required for stoichiometric reaction with the
acidity and metals present in the waste stream. Costs are calculated
for these materials, and the suspended solids and flow leaving the
mixing tank and entering the clarifier are increased to reflect the
lime solids added and precipitates formed. These modified stream
characteristics are then used with performance algorithms for the
clarifier (as discussed in Section VII) to determine concentrations of
each pollutant in the clarifier effluent stream. By mass balance, the
amount of each pollutant in the clarifier sludge may be determined.
The volume of the sludge stream is determined by the concentration of
TSS, which is fixed at 4-5% based on general operating experience;
concentrations of other pollutants in the sludge stream are determined
from their masses and the volume of the stream.
The subroutine describing vacuum filtration is then called, and the
mass of suspended solids in the clarifier sludge stream is used to
determine the size and investment cost of the vacuum filtration unit.
Operating hours for the filter are calculated from the flow rate and
TSS concentration and are used to determine manhours required for
operation. Maintenance labor requirements are added as a fixed
additional cost.
The sludge flow rate and TSS content are then used to determine costs
of materials and supplies for vacuum filter operation including iron
and alum added as filter aids, and the electrical power costs for
operation. Finally, the vacuum filter performance algorithms are used
to determine the volume and characteristics of the vacuum filter
sludge and filtrate, and the costs of contract disposal of the sludge
are calculated. The recycle of vacuum filter filtrate to the chemical
precipitation-clarification system is not reflected in the
calculations due to the difficulty of iterative solution of such loops
and the general observation that the contributions of such streams to
the total flow and pollutant levels are in practice, negligibly small.
Such minor contributions are accounted for in the 20% excess capacity
provided in most components.
296
-------
The costs determined for all components of the system are summed and
subsidiary costs are added to provide output specifying total
investment and annual costs for the system and annual costs for
capital, depreciation, operation and maintenance, and energy. Costs
for specific system components and the characteristics of all streams
in the system may also be specified as output from the program.
Treatment Component Models j
The cost estimation program presently incorporates subroutines
providing cost and performance calculations for the treatment
technologies identified in Section VII. These subroutines have been
developed over a period of years from the best available information,
including on-site observations of treatment system performance, costs
and construction practices at a large number of industrial facilities,
published data, and information obtained from suppliers of wastewater
treatment equipment. The subroutines are modified and new subroutines
added as improvements in treatment technologies become available, and
as additional treatment technologies are required for the industrial
wastewater streams under study. Specific discussion of each of the
treatment component models used in costing wastewater treatment and
control systems for the coil coating category is presented later in
this section where cost estimation is addressed, and in Section VII
where performance aspects were developed,,
In general terms, cost estimation is provided by mathematical
relationships in each subroutine approximating observed correlations
between component costs and the most significant operational
parameters such as water flow rate, retention times, and pollutant
concentrations. In general, flow rate is the primary determinant of
investment costs and of most annual costs with the exception of
materials costs. In some cases, however, as discussed for the vacuum
filter, pollutant concentrations may also significantly influence
costs.
Cost Factors and Adjustments
As previously indicated, costs are adjusted to a common dollar base
and are generally influenced by a number of factors including: Cost of
Labor, Cost of Energy, Capital Recovery Costs and Debt-Equity Ratio.
These cost adjustments and factors are discussed below.
Dollar Base - A dollar base of January 1978 was used for all costs.
Investment Cost Adjustment - Investment costs were adjusted to the
aforementioned dollar base by use of the Sewage Treatment Plant
Construction Cost Index. This cost is published monthly by the EPA
Division of Facilities Construction and Operation. The national
average of the Construction Cost Index for January 1978 was 288.0.
297
-------
Supply Cost Adjustment - Supply costs such as chemicals were related
to the dollar base by the Wholesale Price Index. This figure was
obtained from the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, "Monthly Labor Review". For January 1978 the "Industrial
Commodities" Wholesale Price Index was 201.6. Process supply and
replacement costs were included in the estimate of the total process
operating and maintenance cost.
Cost of Labor - To relate the operating and maintenance labor costs,
the hourly wage rate for non-supervisory workers in water, stream, and
sanitary systems was used from the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics Monthly publication, "Employment and Earnings". For
January 1978, this wage rate was $6.00 per hour. This wage rate was
then applied to estimates of operation and maintenance man-hours
within each process to obtain direct labor charges. To account for
indirect labor charges, 10 percent of the direct labor costs was added
to the direct labor charge to yield estimated total labor costs. Such
items as Social Security, employer contributions to pension or
retirement funds, and employer-paid premiums to various forms of
insurance programs were considered indirect labor costs.
Cost of Energy - Energy requirements were calculated directly within
each process. Estimated costs were then determined by applying an
electrical rate of 3.3 cents per kilowatt hour.
The electrical charge for January 1978 was corroborated through
consultation with the Energy Consulting Services Department of the
Connecticut Light and Power Company. This electrical charge was
determined by assuming that any electrical needs of a waste treatment
facility or in-process technology would be satisfied by an existing
electrical distribution system; i.e., no new meter would be required.
This eliminated the formation of any new demand load base for the
electrical charge.
Capital Recovery Costs - Capital recovery costs were divided into
straight line ten-year depreciation and cost of capital at a ten
percent annual interest rate for a period of ten years. The ten year
depreciation period was consistent with the faster write-off
(financial life) allowed for these facilities, even though the
equipment life is in the range of 20 to 25 years. The annual cost of
capital was calculated by using the capital recovery factor approach.
The capital recovery factor is normally used in industry to help
allocate the initial investment and the interest to the total
operating cost of the facility. It is equal to:
CRF = i + i
298
-------
where i is the annual interest rate and N is the number of years over
which the capital is to be recovered. The annual capital recovery was
obtained by multiplying the initial investment by the capital recovery
factor. The annual depreciation of the capital investment was
calculated by dividing the initial investment by the depreciation
period N, which was assumed to be ten years. The annual cost of
capital was then equal to the annuial capital recovery minus the
depreciation. i
Debt-Equity Ratio - Limitations on new borrowings assume that debt may
not exceed a set percentage of the shareholders equity. This defines
the breakdown of the capital investment between debt and equity
charges. However, due to the lack of information about the financial
status of various plants, it was not feasible to estimate typical
shareholders equity to obtain debt financing limitations. For these
reasons, no attempt was made to break down the capital cost into debt
and equity charges. Rather, the annual cost of capital was calculated
via the procedure outlined in the Capital Recovery Costs section
above.
Subsidiary Costs |
The waste treatment and control system costs presented in Tables VIII-
19 through VII1-42 for end-of-pipe and in-process waste water control
and treatment systems include subsidiary costs associated with system
construction and operation. These subsidiary costs include:
administration and laboratory facilities
garage and shop facilities
line segregation
yardwork
land
engineering
legal, fiscal, and
administrative
interest during construction
Administrative and laboratory facility treatment investment is the
cost of constructing space for administration, laboratory, and service
functions for the waste water treatment system. For these cost
computations, it was assumed that there was already an existing
building and space for administration, laboratory, and service
functions. Therefore, there was no investment cost for this item.
299
-------
For laboratory operations, an analytical fee of $90 (January 1978
dollars) was charged for each wastewater sample, regardless of whether
the laboratory work was done on or off site. This analytical fee is
typical of the charges experienced by Hamilton Standard during the
past several years of sampling programs. The frequency of waste water
sampling is a function of waste water discharge flow and is presented
in Table VIII-2 (page 324). This frequency was suggested by the Water
Compliance Division of the USEPA.
Industrial waste treatment facilities were assumed to need no garage
and shop investment because this cost item was assumed to be part of
the normal plant costs.
Line segregation investment costs account for plant modifications to
segregate wastes. The investment costs for line segregation included
placing a trench in the existing plant floor and installing the lines
in this trench. The same trench was used for all pipes and a gravity
feed to the treatment system was assumed. The pipe was assumed to run
from the center of the floor to a corner. A rate of 2.04 liters per
hour of waste water discharge per square meter of area (0.05 gallons
per hour per square foot) was used to determine floor and trench
dimensions from waste water flow rates for use in this cost estimation
process.
The yardwork investment cost item includes the cost of general site
clearing, intercomponent piping, valves, overhead and underground
electrical wiring, cable, lighting, control structures, manholes,
tunnels, conduits, and general site items outside the structural
confines of particular individual plant components. This cost is
typically 9 to 18 percent of the installed components investment
costs. These cost estimates, were based on an average of 14 percent.
Annual yardwork operation and maintenance costs are considered a part
of normal plant maintenance and were not included in these cost
estimates.
No new land purchases were required. It was assumed that the land
required for the end-of-pipe treatment system was already available at
the plant.
Engineering costs include both basic and special services. Basic
services include preliminary design reports, detailed design, and
certain office and field engineering services during construction of
projects. Special services include improvement studies, resident
engineering, soils investigations, land surveys, operation and
maintenance manuals, and other miscellaneous services. Engineering
cost is a function of process installed and yardwork investment costs
and ranges between 5.7 and 14% depending on the total of these costs.
300
-------
Legal, fiscal and administrative costs relate to the planning and
construction of waste water treatment facilities and include such
items as preparation of legal documents, preparation of construction
contracts, acquisition to land, etc. These costs are a function of
process installed, yardwork, engineering, and land investment costs
ranging between 1 and 3 percent of the total of these costs.
Interest cost during construction is the interest cost accrued on
funds from the time payment is made to the contractor to the end of
the construction period. The total of all other project investment
costs (process installed; yardwork; land; engineering; and legal,
fiscal, and administrative) and the applied interest affect this cost.
An interest rate of 10 percent was used to determine the interest cost
for these estimates. In general, interest cost during construction
varies between 3 and 10% of total system costs depending on the total
costs.
COST ESTIMATES FOR INDIVIDUAL TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES
Introduction
Treatment technologies have been selected from among the larger set ot
available alternatives discussed in Section VII on the basis o£ ah
evaluation of raw waste characteristics, typical plant characteristics
(e.g. location, production schedules, product mix, and larid
availability), and present treatment practices within the
subcategories addressed. Specific rationale for selection is
addressed in Sections IX, X, XI and XII. Cost estimates for each
technology addressed in this section include investment costs ahd
annual costs for depreciation, capital, operation and maintenance, and
energy.
Investment - Investment is the capital expenditure required to bring
the technology into operation. If the installation is a package
contract, the investment is the purchase price of the installed
equipment. Otherwise, it includes the equipment cost, cost of
freight, insurance and taxes, and installation costs.
Total Annual
Cost - Total annual cost is the sum of annual costs for
(less
depreciation, capital, operation and maintenance
energy (as a separate function).
energy), and
Depreciation - Depreciation is an allowance, based on tax regulations,
for the recovery of fixed capital from an investment to be considered
as a non-cash annual expense. It may be regarded as the decline in
value of a capital asset due to wearout and obsolescence.
Capital - The annual cost of capital is the cost, to the plant, of
obtaining capital expressed as an interest rate. It is equal to the
301
-------
capital recovery
depreciation.
cost (as previously discussed on cost factors) less
Operation and Maintenance - Operation and maintenance cost is the
annual cost of running the waste water treatment equipment. It
includes labor and materials such as waste treatment chemicals. As
presented on the tables, operation and maintenance cost does not
include energy (power or fuel) costs because these costs are shown
separately.
Energy - The annual cost of energy is shown separately, although it is
commonly included as part of operation and maintenance cost. Energy
cost has been shown separately because of its importance to the
nation's economy and natural resources.
Cyanide Oxidation
In this technology, cyanide is destroyed by reaction with sodium
hypochlorite under alkaline conditions. A complete system for this
operation includes reactors, sensors, controls, mixers, and chemical
feed equipment. Control of both pH and chlorine concentration
(through oxidation-reduction potential) is important for effective
treatment.
Capital Costs. Capital costs for cyanide oxidation shown in Figure
VIII-3 (page 325) include reaction tanks, reagent storage, mixers,
sensors and controls necessary for operation. Costs are estimated for
both batch and continuous systems with the operating mode selected on
a least cost basis. Specific costing assumptions are as follows:
For both continuous and batch treatment, the cyanide oxidation tank is
sized as an above ground cylindrical tank with a retention time of 4
hours based on the process flow. Cyanide oxidation is normally done
on a batch basis; therefore, two identical tanks are employed.
Cyanide is removed by the addition of sodium hypochlorite with sodium
hydroxide added to maintain the proper pH level. A 60-day supply of
sodium hypochlorite is stored in an in-ground covered concrete tank,
0.3 m (1 ft) thick. A 90-day supply of sodium hydroxide also is
stored in an in-ground covered concrete tank, 0.3 m (1 ft) thick.
Mixer power requirements for both continuous and batch treatment are
based on 2 horsepower for every 11,355 liters (3,000 gal) of tank
volume. The mixer is assumed to be operational 25 percent of the time
that the treatment system is operating.
A continuous control system is costed
alternative. This system includes:
for the continuous treatment
immersion pH probes and transmitters
302
-------
2 immersion ORP probes and transmitters
2 pH and ORP monitors
2 2-pen recorders i
2 slow process controller
2 proportional sodium hypochlorite pumps
2 proportional sodium hydroxide pumps
2 mixers
3 transfer pumps
1 maintenance kit
2 liquid level controllers and alarms, and miscellaneous
electrical equipment and piping
A complete
alternative.
manual control system is costed for the batch treatment
This system includes:
2
1
1
1
1
pH probes and nonitors
mixer j
liquid level controller and horn
proportional sodium hypochlorite pump
on-off sodium hydroxide pump and PVC piping from the
chemical storage tanks
Operation and Maintenance Cost. Operation and maintenance costs for
cyanide oxidation include labor requirements to operate and maintain
the system; electric power for mixers, pumps and controls, and
treatment chemicals. Labor requirements for operation and maintenance
are shown in Figure VIII-4 (page 326). As can be seen operating labor
is substantially higher for batch treatment than for continuous
operation. Maintenance labor requirements for continuous treatment
are fixed at 150 manhours per year for flow rates below 23,000 gph and
thereafter increase according to:
Labor = .00273 x (Flow-23000) + 150
Maintenance
negligible.
labor requirements for batch treatment are assumed to be
Annual costs for treatment chemicals and electrical power are
presented in Figure VIII-5 (page 327). Chemical additions are
determined from cyanide, acidity, and flow rates of the raw waste
stream according to:
Ibs sodium hypochlorite = 62.96 x Ibs CN-
Ibs sodium hydroxide = 0.8 x Ibs acidity
Chromium Reduction
This technology chemically reduces hexavalent chromium under acid
conditions to allow subsequent removal of the trivalent form by
303
-------
precipitation as the hydroxide. Treatment may be provided in either
continuous or batch mode, and cost estimates are developed for both.
Operating mode .for system cost estimates is selected on a least cost
basis.
Capital cost. Cost estimates include all required equipment for
performing this treatment technology, including reagent dosage,
reaction tanks, mixers and controls. Different reagents are provided
for batch and continuous treatment resulting in different system
design considerations as discussed below.
For both continuous and batch treatment, sulfuric acid is added for pH
control. A 90 day supply is stored in the 25 percent aqueous form in
an above-ground, covered concrete tank, 0.305 m 91 ft) thick.
For continuous chromium reduction, the single chromium reduction tank
is sized in an above-ground cylindrical concrete tank with a 0.305 m
(1 ft) wall thickness, a 45 minute retention time, and an excess
capacity factor of 1.2. Sulfur dioxide is added to convert the
influent hexavalent chromium to the trivalent form.
The control system for continuous chromium reduction consists of:
1 immersion pH probe and transmitter
1 immersion ORP probe and transmitter
1 pH and ORP monitor
2 slow process controllers
1 sulfonator and associated pressure regulator
1 sulfuric acid pump
1 transfer pump for sulfur dioxide ejector
2 maintenance kits for electrodes, and miscellaneous
electrical equipment and piping
For batch chromium reduction, the dual chromium reduction tanks are
sized as above-ground cylindrical concrete tanks, 0.305 m (1 ft)
thick, with a 4 hour retention time, and an excess capacity factor of
1.2. Sodium bisulfite is added to reduce the hexavalent chromium.
A completely manual system is
sidiary equipment includes:
provided for batch operation. Sub-
1 sodium bisufite mixing and feed tank
1 metal stand and agitator collector
1 sodium bisulfite mixer with disconnects
1 sulfuric acid pump
1 sulfuric acid mixer with disconnects
2 immersion pH probes
1 pH monitor, and miscellaneous piping
304
-------
Capital costs for batch and continuous treatment systems are presented
in Figure VIII-6 (page 328). ,
Operation and Maintenance. Costs for operating and maintaining
chromium reduction systems include labor, chemical addition, and
energy requirements. These factors are determined as follows:
LABOR
i
The labor requirements are plotted in Figure VIII-7 (page 3293).
Maintenance of the batch system is assumed to be negligible and so it
is not shown.
CHEMICAL ADDITION !
i
For the continuous sytem, sulfur dioxide is added according to the
following: i
(Ibs SO2/day) = (15.43) (flow to unit-MGD) (Cr+6 mg/1)
In the batch mode, sodium bisulfite is added in place of- sulfur
dioxide according to the following:
(Ibs NaHS03/day) = (20.06) (flow to unit-MGD) (Cr+6 mg/1)
ENERGY
Two horsepower is required for chemical mixing. The mixers are
assumed to operate continuously over the operation time of the
treatment system.
Given the above requirements, operation and maintenance costs are
calculated based on the following:
$6.00 per man + 10% indirect labor charge
$380/ton of sulfur dioxide i
$20/ton of sodium bisulfite ,
$0.032/kilowatt hour of required electricity
Oil Skimming
This technology removes oils from process wastewater by gravity
separation and subsequent removal of the surface layer of oil. A
baffled tank provides quiescent conditions conducive to separation of
oil droplets and retention of floating oil behind an underflow baffle.
Capital Cost. The costing analyses for the API Oil Skimming process
were based upon an optimization of the one channel oil separator
305
-------
design by expanding the API design standards.
assumptions were used for costing purposes:
The following
1. The unit was assumed to be an in-the-ground rectangular cross-
section concrete tank with a maximum horizontal stream velocity
set to the smaller of 3 fpm or 4.72 times the oil rise rate.
2. The depth-to-width ratio was maintained between 0.3-0.5 to
minimize tank size.
3. The depth was maintained between 3 ft. minimum and 8 ft.
maximum, and the width between 6 ft. minimum and 20 ft. maximum
to provide minimum tank size.
4. The costs were based on a 0.3 m {1
include the excavation required.
ft) concrete thickness and
Figure VIII-8 (page 330) presents estimated oil separator capital
costs. Flows up to 0.25 MGD are costed for a single unit; flows
greater than 0.25 MGD, require more than one unit.
Operation and Maintenance Cost. Only labor is included in the
operation and maintenance costs of the skimmer since other costs were
considered negligible in comparison. Figure VIII-9 (page 331) illu-
strates the correlation used to calculate the required man-hours for
operation and maintenance. The total man-hours are then multiplied by
the $6.00 per hour labor rate plus 10% indirect labor charge.
Chemical Precipitation and Clarification
This technology removes dissolved pollutants by first reacting added
lime and sodium sulfide to form precipitates and then removing the
precipitated solids by gravity settling in a clarifier. Several
distinct operating modes and construction techniques are costed to
provide least cost treatment over a broad range of flow rates.
Because of their interrelationships and integration in common
equipment in some installations, both the chemical addition and solids
removal equipment are addressed in a single subroutine.
Investment Cost. Investment costs are determined for this technology
for continuous treatment systems using either steel tank or concrete
construction, and for batch treatment. The least cost system is
selected for each application. Continuous treatment systems include a
mix tank for reagent feed addition and a clarification basin with
associated sludge rakes and pumps. Batch treatment includes only
reaction-settling tanks and sludge pumps.
For the continuous treatment systems, construction is different for
flows above and below 2604 gph. For flow rates to the clarifier
306
-------
greater than or equal to 2604 gallons per hour, the continuous
treatment clarifier costs include a flocculator, settling tank, and
associated equipment. For flow rates less than 2604 gph, the
continuous clarifier costs include two above-ground tanks instead of
the in-ground flocculator-settling tank combination.
The in-ground flocculator is a concrete unit. The size is based on a
45 minute retention time, a length to width ratio of 5, a depth of 8
feet, a wall thickness of 1 foot, and a 20 percent excess capacity.
Capital costs include excavation and a mixer. The estimated
flocculator cost is shown in Figure VIII-10 (page 332).
The in-ground settling tank is a concrete unit sized for a hydraulic
loading of 33.3 gph/square foot, a 4 hour retention time, and an
excess capacity of 20 percent. Capital costs include excavation and a
skimmer. Figure VIII-11 (page 333) shows the combined flocculator-
settling tank cost for flows greater tha.n 2604 gallons per hour.
The two above-ground conical unlined cairbon steel tanks are sized for
four hour retention in each tank. Figure VIII-11 shows the cost for
these tanks for flows less than 2604 gph.
A cost of $3202 is included in clarifier capital cost estimates for
sludge pumps regardless of whether the dual above-ground tanks or the
in-ground flocculator-settling tank combination are used. This cost
covers the expense for two centrifugal sludge pumps.
For batch treatment, dual above-ground cylindrical carbon steel tanks
sized for 8 hour retention and 20 percent excess capacity are used.
If the required tank volume exceeds 50,000 gallons, then costs for
field fabrication are included. The capital cost for the batch system
(not including the sludge pump costs) is shown in Figure VIII-12 (page
334). The capital cost estimate for batch treatment also includes a
fixed $3,202 cost for sludge pumps as discussed above.
Figure VII1-13 (page 335) shows a comparison of the capital cost
curves for the modes discussed above. These curves include sludge
pump cost contributions.
All costs include motors, starters, alt€?rnators, and necessary piping.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS i
The operation and maintenance costs for the clarifier routine include:
1) Cost of chemicals added (lime,, sodium sulfide)
2) Labor (operation and maintenance)
3) Energy
307
-------
Each of these contributing factors are discussed below.
CHEMICAL COST
Lime and sodium sulfide are added for metals .and solids removal.
The amount of chemical required is based on equivalent amounts of
various pollutant parameters present in the stream entering the
clarifier unit. The methods used in determining the lime and
sodium sulfide requirements are shown in Table VIII-3 (page 336).
LABOR
Figure,VIII-14 (page 337) presents the man-hour requirements for
the continuous clarifier system. For the batch system,
maintenance labor is assumed to be negligible and operation labor
is calculated from:
(man-hours for operation) = 390 +
ENERGY
(.975) (Ibs.
day)
lime added per
The energy costs are calculated from
pump horsepower requirements.
Continuous Mode
the clarifier and sludge
The clarifier horsepower requirement is assumed to be constant
over the hours of operation of the treatment system at a level of
0.0000265 horsepower per 1 gph of flow influent to the clarifier.
The sludge pumps are assumed to be operational for 5 minutes of
each operational hour at a level of 0.00212 horsepower per 1 gph
of sludge stream flow.
Batch Mode
The clarifier horsepower requirement is assumed to occur for 7.5
minutes per operational hour at the following level:
influent flow 1042 gph; 0.0048 hp/gph
influent flow 1042 gph; 0.0096 hp/gph
The power required for the sludge pumps in the batch system is
the same as that required for the sludge pumps in the continuous
system.
Given the above requirements, operation and maintenance costs are
calculated based on the following:
308
-------
$6.00 per man-hour + 10% indirect labor charge
$41.26/ton of lime
$0.284/pound of sodium sulfide
$0.032/kilowatt-hour of required electricity
Sulfide Precipitation - Clarification
This technology removes dissolved pollutants by the formation of
precipitates by reaction with sodium sulfide, sodium bisulfide, or
ferrous sulfide and lime, and subsequent removal of the precipitate by
settling. As discussed for chemical precipitation and clarification,
the addition of chemicals, formation of precipitates, and removal of
the precipitated solids from the wastewater stream are addressed
together in cost estimation because of their interrelationships and
common equipment under some circumstances.
Investment Cost.
precipitation and
precipitation and
concrete and steel
to provide a least
waste characterist
precipitation and
Capital cost estimation procedures for sulfide
clarification are identical to those for chemical
clarification. Continuous treatment systems using
construction and batch treatment systems are costed
cost system for each flow range and set of raw
ics. Cost factors are also the same as for chemical
clarification.
Operation and Maintenance Costs. Costs estimated for the operation
and maintenance of a sulfide precipitation and clarification system
are also identical to those for chemical precipitation and clari-
fication except for the cost of treatment chemicals. Lime is added
prior to sulfide precipitation to achieve an alkaline pH of
approximately 8.5-9 and this precipitates some pollutants as
hydroxides or calcium salts. Lime consumption based on both
neutralization and formation of precipitates is calculated to provide
a 10% excess over stochiometric requirements. Sulfide costs are based
on the addition of ferrous sulfate and sodium bisulfide (NaHS) to form
a 10 percent excess of ferrous sulfide over stoichiometric
requirements for precipitation. Reagent additions are calculated as
shown in Table VIII-4 (page 338) . Labor and energy rates are
identical to those shown for chemical precipitation and clarification.
Multi-Media Filtration i
This technology removes suspended solids by filtering them through a
bed of particles of several distinct size ranges. As a polishing
treatment after chemical precipitation and clarification multi-media
filtration improves the removal of precipitates and thereby improving
removal of the original dissolved pollutants.
Capital Cost. The size of the multi-media filtration unit is based on
20 percent excess flow capacity and a hydraulic loading of 0.5
309
-------
ft2/gpm. The capital cost, presented in Figure VIII-15 (page 339) as
a function of flow rate, includes a backwash mechanism, pumps,
controls, media and installation. Minimum costs are obtained using a
minimum filter surface area of 60 ft2.
Operation and Maintenance. The costs shown in Figure VIII-15 for
operation and maintenance includes contributions of materials,
electricity and labor. These curves result from correlations made
with data obtained by a major manufacturer. Energy costs are
estimated to be 3 percent of total O&M.
Membrane Filtration
Membrane filtration includes addition of sodium hydroxide to form
metal precipitates and removal of the precipitated solids on a
membrane filter. As a polishing treatment, it minimizes metal
solubility and very effectively removes precipitated hydroxides and
sulfides.
Capital Cost. Based on manufacturer's data, a factor of $52.60 per 1
gph flow rate to the membrane filter is used to estimate capital cost.
Capital cost includes installation.
The operation and maintenance costs
Operation and Maintenance Cost.
for membrane filtration includeT
1 ) Labor
2) Sodium Hydroxide Added
3 > Energy
Each of these contributing factors are discussed below.
LABOR
2 man-hours per day of operation are included.
SODIUM HYDROXIDE ADDITION
Sodium hydroxide is added to precipitate metals as hydroxides or
to insure a pH favorable to sulfide precipitation. The amount of
sodium hydroxide required is based on equivalent amounts of various
pollutant parameters present in the stream entering the membrane
filter. The method used to determine the sodium hydroxide demand is
shown below:
310
-------
POLLUTANT
ANaOH
Chromium, Total
Copper
Acidity
Iron, DIS
Zinc
Cadmium
Cobalt
Manganese
Aluminum
0.000508
0.000279
0.000175
0.000474
0.000268
0.000158
0.000301
0.000322
0.000076
(Sodium Hydroxide Per Pollutant, Ib/day) » ANaOH x Flow Rate
(GPH) x Pollutant Concentration (mg/1)
ENERGY '
The horsepower required is as follows:
2 1/2-horsepower mixers operating 34 minutes per operational hour
2 1-horsepower pumps operating 37 minutes per operational hour
T 20-horsepower pump operating 45 minutes per operational hour
Given the above requirements, operation and maintenance costs are
calculated based on the following:
$6.00 per man-hour + 10% indirect labor charge
$0.11 per pound of sodium hydroxide required
$0.032 per kilowatt-hour of energy required
Ultrafiltration i
Capital Cost. The capital cost for ultrafiltration is calculated
using a correlation developed from data supplied by a major manu-
facturer. Figure VIII-16 (page 340) illustrates the results for this
correlation.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
The unit is sized on the basis of a hydraulic loading of 1,430 I/day/
m2 of surface area and an excess capacity factor of 1.2. The opera-
tion and maintenance costs are made up of contributions from:
1) Labor ;
2) Membrane Replacement
3) Energy
311
-------
Each of these factors are discussed below.
LABOR
Figure VIII-17 (page 341) shows curves of
requirements for both maintenance and operation.
MEMBRANE REPLACEMENT
One filter module is required per year for each 500
day of treated flow.
ENERGY
the man-hour
gallons per
The power requirements based on 30.48 m of pumphead yield a con-
stant horsepower value of 0.006 horsepower per 1 gph flow to the
ultrafiltration unit.
Given the above requirements, opeation and maintenance costs are
calculated based on the following:
$6.00 per man-hour + 10 percent indirect labor charge
$218/ultrafiltration module
$0.032/kilowatt-hour of required energy
Vacuum Filtration
Vacuum filtration is widely used to reduce the water content of high
solids streams. In the coil coating industry, this technology is used
to dewatering sludge from clarifiers, membrane filters and other waste
treatment units.
Capital Cost. The vacuum filter is sized based on a typical loading
of 14.6 kg of influent solids per hour per square meter of filter area
(3 Ibs/ft2-hr). The curves of cost versus flow rate at TSS
concentrations of 3 percent and 5 percent are shown in Figure VIII-18
(page 342). The capital cost obtained from this curve includes
installation costs.
Operation and Maintenance Cost.
LABOR
The vacuum filtration subroutine may be run for off-site sludge
disposal or for on-site sludge incineration. On-site sludge
incineration assumes a conveyor transport and reduced operating man-
hours from those for off-site disposal. The required operating hours
per year varies with both flow rate and the total suspended solids
concentration in the influent stream. Figure VIII-19 (page 343) shows
312
-------
the variance of operating hours with flow rate and TSS concentration.
Maintenance labor for either sludge disposal mode is fixed at 24
manhours per year.
MATERIALS
The cost of materials and supplies needed for operation and
maintenance includes belts, oil, grease, seals, and chemicals required
to raise the total suspended solids to the vacuum filter. The amount
of chemicals required {iron and alum) is based on raising the TSS
concentration to the filter by 1 mg/1. Costs of materials required as
a function of flow rate and unaltered TSS concentrations is presented
in Figure VIII-20 (page 344).
ENERGY
Electrical costs needed to supply power for pumps and controls
are presented in Figure VIII-21 (page 345). Because the required pump
horsepower depends on the influent TSS level, the costs are presented
as a function of flow rate and TSS level.
Contract Removal
___^^_____^^_^____
Sludge, waste oils, and in some cases concentrated waste solutions
frequently result from wastewater treatment processes. Although these
may be disposed of on-site by incineration, landfill or reclamation,
they are most often removed on a contract basis for off-site disposal.
System cost estimates are based on contract removal of sludges and
waste oils. Where only small volumes of concentrated wastewater are
produced, contract-removal for off-site treatment may represent the
most costeffective approach to water pollution abatement. Estimates
of solution contract-haul costs are also provided by this subroutine
and may be selected in place of on-site treatment on a least-cost
basis.
Capital Costs. Capital investment for contract removal is zero.
Operating Costs. Annual costs are estimated for contract removal of
total waste streams or sludge and oil streams as specified in input
data. Sludge and oil removal costs are further divided into wet and
dry haulage depending upon whether or not upstream sludge dewatering
is provided. The use of wet haulage or of sludge dewatering and dry
haulage is based on least cost as determined by annualized system
costs over a ten year period. Wet haulage costs are always used in
batch treatment systems and when the volume of the sludge stream is
less than 100 gallons per day.
Both wet sludge haulage and total waste haulage differ in cost de-
pending on the chemical composition of the waste removed. Wastes are
313
-------
classified as cyanide bearing, hexavalent chromium bearing,
and assigned different haulage costs as shown below.
or oily
Waste Composition
-0.05 mg/1 CN-
-0.1 mg/1 Cr+6
Oil & grease-TSS
All others
Haulage Cost
$0.45/gallon
$0.20/gallon
$0.12/gallon
$0.16/gallon
Dry sludge haul costs are estimated at $0.12 gallon and 40% dry solids
in the sludge.
In-process Treatment and Control Components
Two major in-process control techniques have been identified for use
in reducing wastewater pollutant discharges from coil coating
facilities. Since product quench water constitutes a substantial
fraction of the total process wastewater discharge, use of a cooling
tower to recirculate this stream significantly reduces effluent flow
rates and pollutant loads. Also, cyanides may be eliminated from
process wastewater effluents by substitution of non-cyanide chromating
solutions. Cost estimates are presented for cooling towers; however,
EPA did not develop specific cost estimates for substitution of non-
cyanide chromating solutions because these costs are highly site
specific and are not amenable to estimation on a general basis.
Quench water recirculation requires installation of
for the quench stream.
a cooling tower
Capital Costs. The cooling towers were sized to provide a temperature
reduction through the tower of approximately 5.6°C with an effluent
temperature 3.9°C above the ambient wet bulb temperature. Capital
costs presented in Figure VII1-22 (page 346) are based on data
supplied by a major manufacturer. The smallest unit available is for
10 gpm flow. For flow rates less than 10 gpm, capital (as well as
operating and maintenance) costs are set to zero, and a warning is
printed. The three distinct curve segments correspond to three
different cooling units which are required to produce the necessary
range of flow capacity.
Operation and Maintenance Costs. Operation and maintenance expenses
include labor and electrical power. Labor is estimated at 252 hours
per year.
Figure VIII-23 (page 347) shows the electrical energy costs for
operation of the pumps and fans for the cooling tower.
314
-------
Non-cyanide chromating solutions are available which serve the same
function as the cyanide bearing solutions at an approximately equal
cost; however, reports indicate that use of the non-cyanide solutions
requires closer process control and longer residence time in the
chromating bath. The costs of reagent substitution, therefore, are
not directly calculable as reagent or fixed equipment costs, but are
highly dependent on process conditions at individual plants.
Facilities with well-controlled processes may be able to use non-
cyanide solutions with little or no cost impact, while poorly
controlled facilities or facilities with marginally sized equipment
could incur very high costs for major process revisions. As a result
of these considerations, no general cost estimates for this technology
are presented, and none are included in system cost estimates.
Summary of Treatment and Control Component Costs. Example costs for
each of the treatment and control components discussed above as sup-
plied to process wastewater streams within the coil coating category
are presented in Tables VIII-5 through VIII-18 (pages 348-361). Each
technology is provided with three cost levels representative of
typical, low and high raw waste flow rates encountered within the
category.
TREATMENT SYSTEM COST ESTIMATES I
i
This section presents estimates of the total cost of wastewater
treatment and control systems which incorporate the treatment and
control components discussed above. Median (typical), low and high
flow rates in the subcategory addressed are presented for each system
in order to provide an indication of the range of costs to be incurred
in implementing each level of treatment; All available flow data from
industry data collection portfolios were used in defining median,
maximum and minimum raw waste flows, and flow breakdowns where streams
are segregated for treatment. Raw waste characteristics were based on
sampling data as discussed in Section V.
The system costs include component costs and subsidiary costs,
including engineering, line segregation, admininstration, and interest
expenses during construction. The cost estimates for BPT systems
assume that none of the specified treatment and control measures are
in place, so that the presented costs represent total costs for the
systems. Costs are presented for BAT systems both as total system
costs and as incremental costs required to modify an existing BPT
system to achieve BAT.
System Cost Estimates (BPT)
This section presents the system cost estimates for the BPT end-of-
pipe treatment sytems. Several flow rates are presented for each case
to effectively model a wide spectrum of plant sizes.
315
-------
Figure IX-1 (page 400) shows the representative end-of-pipe treatment
for all three basis material subcategories. The chemical oxidation of
cyanide and the chemical reduction of chromium are shown as optional
treatment processes. The use of either of these treatment components
depends on the production processes employed at the plant. For the
purpose of the BPT system cost estimates, cyanide oxidation was
assumed to be a required treatment process only for the aluminum
subcategory, because of the presence of cyanide in the chromating
baths applied to aluminum. Chromium reduction was included in the
system costs for all subcategories to treat hexavalent chromium wastes
from the chromic acid sealer and conversion coating rinses, where
appropriate.
The costing assumptions for each component of the BPT system were
discussed above under Technology Costs and Assumptions. In addition
to these components, contractor oil and sludge removal was included in
all cost estimates.
Tables VIII-19 through VIII-21 (pages 362-364) present costs for
example BPT treatment system influent flow rates. The basic cost
elements used in preparing these tables are the same as those
presented for the individual technologies: investment, annual capital
cost, annual depreciation, annual operation and maintenance cost (less
energy cost), energy cost, and total annual cost. These elements were
discussed in detail earlier in this section.
Cost computations were based on selection of a least cost treatment
system. This procedure calculated the costs for a batch treatment
system, a continuous treatment system, and haulage of the complete
waste water flow over a 10 year comparison period; the least expensive
system was then selected for presentation in the system cost tables.
The various investment costs assume that the treatment system must be
specially constructed and include all subsidiary costs discussed
previously. Operation and maintenance costs assume continuous
operation, 24 hours a day, 5 days per week, for 52 weeks per year.
System Cost Estimates (BAT Level I)
System cost estimates for adding a multimedia filter to the BPT end-
of-pipe system were developed to provide BAT Level I treatment cost
estimates. A schematic of this end-of-pipe system is shown in Figure
X-1 (page 416). The costing assumptions for the multimedia filter
were discussed earlier.
Tables VIII-22 through VIII-24 (pages 365-367) present example BAT
Level I treatment costs for construction of the entire end-of-pipe
system. These costs represent anticipated expenditures to attain BAT
Level I for a plant with no treatment in place. Tables VII1-25
316
-------
through VIII-27 (pages 368-370) present the predicted cost of
installing a multimedia filter at a plant which already has a BPT
treatment system in place. Operating and maintenance as well as
energy costs presented in these tables apply to expenditures arising
from operation of the entire end-of-pipe system (including the
previously installed BPT components).
System Cost Estimates (BAT Level II)
The BAT Level II alternative calls for reduction of the plant
discharge flow rate by using in-plant technology-recirculation of
quench waters.
Recirculation of quench water significantly reduces the volume of
waste water discharged by a typical coil coating plant. Costs of
installing and operating a cooling tower were calculated based on
total quench water recirculation. Design and cost assumptions for the
cooling tower were discussed previously.
For the aluminum subcategory, BAT Level II in-process technology
includes substitution of non-cyanide chromating solutions in cases
where cyanide solutions are currently being used. This would
eliminate the require for cyanide treatment; however, cyanide
oxidation costs are included for BAT Levels II and III for the
aluminum subcategory to be used as a option. Cyanide oxidation is not
used for either the steel or galvanized steel subcategories because
cyanide was not present in the raw waste characteristics presented in
Section V.
Tables VIII-28 through VIII-30 (pages 371-373) present example cost
data for construction and operations of BAT Level II treatment
facilities for a plant with no existing waste water treatment. Figure
X-2 (page 417) depicts the components of the end-of-pipe system.
Quench water recirculation are integrated within the process line.
Tables VIII-31 through VIII-33 (pages 374-376) present cost data for
upgrading treatment facilities to BAT Level II for a plant with
existing BPT equipment. The operating and maintenance costs in these
tables include operation of the existing BPT equipment as well as
those components added to reach BAT Level II. The treatment
components assumed to be in place for BPT include chromium reduction,
oil skimming, and clarification with sludge bed dewatering. The added
components to meet BAT Level II include a multi-media filter on the
end-of-pipe system and quench water recirculation systems integrated
within the production process.
Summation of BPT system costs with the costs for system upgrading to
BAT Level II do not equal the costs presented in this section for
construction of a complete BAT Level II system. This is a result of
317
-------
the clarifier-sludge bed sizing requirements. The BPT clarifier-
sludge bed combination must be sized to handle a much larger flow rate
than the equivalent clarifier-sludge bed system that is designed for
the reduced BAT Level II flow. A similar result occurs when comparing
BAT Level I and Level II costs. Reduced multi-media filter size is
possible when the treatment system is designed to handle the reduced
flow of Level II as opposed to the higher flow of Level I.
System Cost Estimates (BAT Level III)
The BAT Level III treatment alternative is very similar to the BAT
Level II system discussed above. The only difference is that effluent
polishing on the end-of-pipe system for BAT Level III substitutes
ultrafiltration for multi-media filtration (Figure X-3, page 418).
The Level III alternative also uses the inplant technologies of Level
II. The costing assumptions for ultrafiltration were presented
previously under "Technology Costs and Assumptions".
Tables VIII-34 through VIII-36 (pages 377-379) present costs for a
Level III system designed for plants with no existing waste water
treatment. Tables VIII-37 through VIII-39 (pages 380-382) present
costs for installation of components necessary to upgrade existing BPT
treatment systems to Level III and" to operate the entire system.
System Cost Estimates - (New Sources)
The suggested treatment alternatives for NSPS Levels I and II are
identical to the treatment alternatives for existing source BAT Levels
II and ill. These costs were presented in Tables VII1-28 through
VIII-37. NSPS Level III is similar to BAT Level III except that the
clarifler is replaced by membrane filtration for NSPS Level III.
Figure XI-3 (page 445) presents a schematic of this system, and costs
are presented in Tables VIII-40 through VIII-42 (pages 383-385). The
system costs include quench water recirculation costs as discussed
previously for BAT Level II.
Use of Cost Estimation Results
Cost estimates presented in the tables in this section are rement and
control equivalent to the specified levels. They will not, in
general, correspond precisely to cost experience at any individual
plant. Specific plant conditions such as age, location, plant layout
or present production and treatment practices may yield costs which
are either higher or lower than the presented costs. Because the BPT
costs shown are total system costs and do not assume any treatment in
place, it is probable that most plants will require smaller
expenditures to reach the specified levels of control from their
present status.
318
-------
The actual costs of installing and operating a BPT system at a
particular plant may be substantially lower than the tabulated values.
Reductions in investment and operating costs are possible in several
areas. Design and installation costs may be reduced by using plant
workers. Equipment costs may be reduced by using or modifying
existing equipment instead of purchasing all new equipment.
Application of an excess capacity factor, which increases the size of
most equipment foundation costs could be reduced if an existing
concrete pad or floor can be utilized. Equipment size requirements
may be reduced by the ease of treatment (for example, shorter
retention time) of particular waste streams. Substantial reduction in
both investment and operating cost may be achieved if a plant reduces
its water use rate below that assumed in costing.
ENERGY AND NON-WATER QUALITY ASPECTS
Energy Aspects I
Energy aspects of the wastewater treatment processes are important
because of the impact of energy use on our natural resources and on
the economy. Electrical power and fuel requirements (coal, oil, or
gas) are listed in units of kilowatt hours per ton of dry solids for
sludge and solids handling. Specific energy uses are noted in the
"Remarks" column.
Energy requirements are generally low, although evaporation can be an
exception if no waste heat is available at the plant. If evaporation
is used to avoid discharge of pollutants, the influent water rate
should be minimized. For example, an upstream reverse osmosis or
ultrafiltration unit can drastically reduce the flow of wastewater to
an evaporation device.
Non-Water Quality Aspects
It is important to consider the impact of each treatment process on
air, noise, and radiation pollution of the environment to preclude the
development of a more adverse environmental impact.
In general, none of the liquid handling processes causes air pol-
lution. With sulfide precipitation, however, the potential exists for
evolution of hydrogen sulfide, a toxic gas. Proper control of pH in
treatment eliminates this problem. Alkaline chlorination for cyanide
destruction and chromium reduction using sulfur dioxide also have
potential atmospheric emissions. With proper design and operation,
however, air pollution impacts are eliminated. Incineration of
sludges or solids can cause significant air pollution which must be
controlled by suitable bag houses, scrubbers or stack gas
precipitators as well as proper incinerator operation and maintenance.
None of the wastewater treatment processes causes objectionable noise
319
-------
and none of the treatment processes has any potential for radioactive
radiation hazards.
The processes for treating the wastewaters from this category produce
considerable volumes of sludges. In order to ensure long-term
protection of the environment from harmful sludge constituents,
special consideration of disposal sites should be made by RCRA and
municipal authorities where applicable.
320
-------
TABLE VIII-1
COST PROGRAM STREAM PARAMETERS
Parameter, Units
Flow, MGD
pHf pH units
Turbidity, Jackson Units
Temperature, degree C
Dissolved Oxygen, mg/1
Residual Chlorine, mg/1
Acidity, mg/1 CaCOj
Alkalinity, mg/1 CaC03
Ammonia, mg/1
Biochemical Oxygen Demand mg/1
Color, Chloroplatinate units
Sulfide, mg/1
Cyanides, "mg/1
"Kjeldahl Nitrogen, mg/1
Pnenols, mg/1
Conductance, micromhos/cm .
Total Solids, mg/1
Total Suspended Solids, rag/1
Settleable Solids, rag/1
Aluminum, mg/1
Barium, mg/1
Cadmium, mg/1
Calcium, mg/1
Chromium, Total, mg/1
Copper, mg/1
Fluoride, mg/1
Iron, Total, mg/1
Lead, mg/1
Magnesium, mg/1
Molybdenum, mg/1
Total Volatile Solids, mg/1
Parameter, Units
Oil, Grease, mg/1
Hardness, mg/1 CaC03
Chemical.Oxygen Demand, mg/1
Algicides, mg/1
Total Phosphates, mg/1
Polychlorobiphenyls, mg/1
Potassium, mg/1
Silica, mg/1
Sodium, mg/1
Sulfate, mg/1
Sulfite, mg/1
Titanium, mg/1
Zinc, mg/1
Arsenic, mg/1
Boron, mg/1
Iron, Dissolved,- mg/1
Mercury, mg/1
Nickel, rog/1
Nitrate, mg/1
Selenium, mg/1
Silver, mg/1
Strontium, mg/1
Surfactants, mg/1
Beryllium, mg/1
Plasticizers, mg/1
Antimony, mg/1
Bromide, mg/1
Cobalt, mg/1
Thallium, mg/1
Tin, mg/1
Chromium, Hexavalent, mg/1
321
-------
SIMPLIFIED LOGIC DIAGRAM
SYSTEM COST ESTIMATION PROGRAM
NON-RECYCLE
SYSTEMS
INPUT
A) RAW WASTE DESCRIPTION
B) SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
C) "DECISION" PARAMETERS
D) COST FACTORS
PROCESS CALCULATIONS
A) PERFORMANCE - POLLUTANT
PARAMETER EFFECTS
B) EQUIPMENT SIZE
C) PROCESS COST
(RECYCLE SYSTEMS)
CONVERGENCE
A) POLLUTANT PARAMETER
TOLERANCE CHECK
(NOT WITHIN
TOLERANCE LIMITS)
(WITHIN TOLERANCE LIMITS)
COST CALCULATIONS
A) SUM INDIVIDUAL PROCESS
COSTS
B) ADD SUBSIDIARY COSTS
C) ADJUST TO DESIRED DOLLAR BASE
OUTPUT
A) STREAM DESCRIPTIONS-
COMPLETE SYSTEM
B) INDIVIDUAL PROCESS SIZE AND
COSTS
C) OVERALL SYSTEM INVESTMENT
AND ANNUAL COSTS
FIGURE VIII-1. COST ESTIMATION PROGRAM
322
-------
CHEMICAL
ADDITION
RAW WASTE
(FLOW. TSS. LEAD
ZINC, ACIDITY)
CHEMICAL
PRECIPITATION
C^>
-^-LJ-XJ-I
SEDIMENTATION
^~~*asSS8j&l^ttfi'
EFFL
RECYCLE
SLUDGE
(CONTRACTOR
REMOVED)
FIGURE VIII-2. SIMPLE WASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM
323
-------
TABLE VIII-2
WASTEWATER SAMPLING FREQUENCY
Waste Water Discharge
(liters/day)
0 - 37,850
37,850 - 189,250
189,250 - 378,500
378,500 - 946,250
946,250+
Sampling Frequency
once per month
twice per month
once per month
twice per week
thrice per week
324
-------
0.
a
z
o
p
<
Q
X
O
u
Q
8
u
£
g
O
u.
O
U
0.
<
u
u
Q
<
u
u.
o
O
<
O
UJ
I
u
CO
u
a:
O
JZ
, NVf-$) XSOO TVJLIdVO
325
-------
o
a
N
\
\
\
^
/
^s
\5
\
iX
^
V
1
s
sX
v*Ss
'
\
'n\
* ^ v
•/<
O
"0\
\
%.
'^
t
k.
y
s
-X
\
\
S
s
— s
3
0
Z
H
_o
u
-ui -
1
TENANC
1
£
\
^
l
-- \
\
\
\
\
tt)
X
11
UI
z
u
z
BATCH
y
\
\
\
\
\
^
^
s
s,
\
\
\
^--
— s ~
o
o
~ • o
- • o
o"
X
O
Z
_ . o O
o —
-' o H
_• <
Q
X
o
u
Q
Z
Q
'" H
U
- - o t*
- - o <
- a
0
u.
*s
o
I
UI
fg
a
UI
g
Qi
2
3
Z
Z
UI
Q
U
U.
O
1
H
y
ui
u
UI
ce
o
GI
o
o
o
o
o
o
(sunoH-Nvw)
aoavn IVHNNV
326
-------
o
o
s
s
s
s
\
s
A
\
X
X
A
^y
X.
X
^ > .
x
\
uT/
Q'
z
«?
U
o
w
<
U
111
U
"^
\
y
^
s
,.
s
S
S
S
s
^^_
\
\
^
\
A
\
o
at
kl
z
/-
\.
*v
V
x
AI
x
\
^
^ 1^
\
M
\
\
s
/
s
\
\
ll
•
«
^
CHEMIC
\
\
r
•
c
)
I
»
•*
\
\
x
\
V
XL
'^
x
\
V
x
\
o
-^
o
o
o
*"
"x
a.
a
o Z
o o
^
Q
X.
0
Q
Z
U
o
o U
O H
„
*^
3
O
U.
o
*•
V)
o
o
O
K
U
Z
u
a
u
i
u
I
u
u
Q
u
u.
o
o
<
Q
I
<
y
UJ
o
in
UJ
K
O
o
o
o
o
o
. Nvr - UA/S) ±so3
327
-------
V)
O
u
E
5
S
D
O
K
U
U.
O
z
O
u
Q
UJ
U
I
UI
u
to
Ul
C3
Lu
(3i. NVf-S) JLSOO IVAIdVO
328
-------
o
o
*s
s
\
\
^
s
/
I
\
0
u
OPERA'
*^ '
T
<>
<
\
\
\
\
V
\
1
i S
\
^
\
\
s
\
/
Z "
o
rf
ce
w
0.
£
3
O
ONTINl
O
\
-V
>
\
>
\
\
L
V
VV.
\ ^
\
1
, i
\
\
\
\
\
^
1
\ !
\
>
u
u
<
Zl
£l
7;
5
S
w
u
u
o
K 1
0. 1
-I
O
3
Z
Z
ol
(J 1
Si
5
5
I
•s
5
o
z
.-
l-r
0
U _
y
s
S
^
s
i
iiT
u
z
<
h
S.
<
a
•~f
V(
^
\
\
\
\
.
»,
in
K
X
0
U
Z
<
AINTE^
2_
~H —
<
Q
\
\
^
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
^
\
v
o
o
o
0
o
*-l
o
o
*•
o
o
V-
I
III
2
Ul
O
UJ
Qi
Z
x
0.
o
u
H
<
a
3
O
u.
^
D
I
O
DC
I
U
U.
o
z
o
p
u
D
Q
U
U
i
Ul
I
u
Ul
£
D
(5
iZ
«»
o
-------
o
o
I
1
,
1
'
1 !
1
1
^
s
s
\
\
\
\
s
«
^
\
V
^
k
I
1
1
1
1
1 10 tOO 1,000 tO.OOO
FLOW RATE TO OIL SKIMMER (GPH)
o
u
U
a:
tn
u
a:
D
«>
o
in
o
n
o
(at. Nvr-s) J.SOD
330
-------
u
-u-
<
u
-H-
-z-
\
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
0,
0
u
H
K
3
O
k.
UI
Ul
9:
D
a
UI
O
m
D
Z
Z
<
o:
LU
o
o
en
UI
a:
D
CD
CM
O
sanoH -
TVONNV
331
-------
L^
v
\
s
ly
s
\
\
V
\
\
\
\
\
\
s,
^
s
\
L
— 1\
y
L
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
s
s
V
V
y
\
V
^
^
\
\
i
\
\
\
10 100 1,000 10,000 100
FLOW RATE TO CLARIFIER - GPH
o
u
u
<£
e
§
o
u.
u
K
3
(D
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
(si. Nvr-s) XSOD nvjiidvo
332
-------
\
o
o
o
o"
o
o
o
o
o
D.
K
U
E
E
j
u
0
u
h
0
u.
O
Ul
Q.
o
CO
O
2
H
O
U
K
O
u.
U
K-
E
U
o
H
u
El
_J
U
UJ
ce
n
o
333
-------
z
0.
(9
ui
il
5
j
u
0
1-
u
0
u.
•z.
O
a.
O
u
Di
O
u.
8
o
u
O
U
\L
E
u
ca
UJ
a:
o
-s) J.SO3
334
-------
u
o
p
y
il
E
_i
o
CO
u
K.
Nvr-*) xsoo
335
-------
TABLE VIII-3
CLAKIFIER CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS
LIKE REQUIREMENT
POLLUTANT
Chromium, Total
Copper
Acidity
Iron, Dissolved
2inc
Cadmium
Cobalt
Manganese
Aluminum
ALime
0.000470
0.000256
0.000162
0.000438
0.000250
0.000146
0.000276
0.000296
0.000907
SODIUM SULFIDE REQUIREMENT"
POLLUTANT
Mercury
Selenium
Nickel
Titanium
Silver
Molybdenum
Antimony
Lead
"NASF
0.000086
0.000434
0.000292
0.000717
0.000080
0.000268
0.000212
0.000084
1)
2)
(Lime Demand Per Pollutant, Ibs/day) = A,. x Flow Rate
(GPH) x Pollutant Concentration (mg/17
(Sodium Sulfide Demand Per IJLbtant, Ibs/day) * ANASF x
Flow Rate (GPH) x Pollutant Concentration (my/1;
336
-------
Ul
>•
of
K
3
O
X
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
— OPERATION
MAINTENANCE
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
FLOW RATE TO Cl.ARIFIER
(THOUSAND GALLONS/HOUR)
80
90
100
FIGURE VIH-I4. CLARIFICATION MAN HOUR REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUS
OPERATION
. 337
-------
TABLE VIII-4
REAGENT ADDITIONS FOR
SULFIDE PRECIPITATION
Stream Parameter
Cadmium
Calcium
Chromium (Hexamalent)
Chromium (Trivalent)
Cobalt
Copper
Lead
Mercury
Nickel
Silver
Tin
Zinc
Sodium Bidulfide Requirement
Ferrous Sulfate Requirement
Lime Requirement
Ferrous Sulfide Requirement
kg/kg (Ibs/lb)
0.86
2.41
1.86
2.28
1.64
1.52
0.47
0.24
1.65
0.45
0.81
1.48
0.65 x Ferrous Sulride Requirement
1.5 x Ferrous Sulfide Requirement
0.49 x FeSo4 (Ibs) •»• 3.96 x NaHS (Ibs)
+ 2.19 x Ibs of Dissolved Iron
338
-------
o
o
\— •
\
\
\
\
s
s
\
1
s
\
k
V
\
V?
(0
ITAtCC
a
<•
u
— v
1
\
\
\
V
\
\
'
\
\
s
k
1
\
«•
t
>
i
i
t
i
i
<
«
£
1
!
i
i
<
i
i
i
.
\
^
e
H
V
w
U
J
i
z
u
i
?
3
Z
t
z
J
II
L
T
j
r
•>
0
o
0
o
o"
o
o
o
o
Iff
o
o
o
^.
o
in
0
o
a>
o
i
a.
u
h-
O
U
4
a
O
u.
u
K.
U1
H
\L
a
ui
IT)
o:
o
II
in
o
•t
o
m
o
(8i. NVC-S) J.SOO
339
-------
o
a
o
v
^
. —
s
s
\
\
\
\
S
I
*
V
i
\
V
\
V
s
\
\
\
\
\
^
\
\
\
\
\
s
S
S
\!
\
y
\
\
\
\
\
\
^
S
o
0
o
0
in
o
0
o
o
o
o
Of
Ul
0
o
o
o
o
in
o
o
o
in
o
in
X
CL
z"
0
H
tt
h-
UTRAF
3
O
t-
ia
H
c
s
0
-1
u.
U
-I
^
H
OL
U
Z
O
F-
il
^
a:
H
D
to
I
•M
Ul
tt
3
(D
c
«>
o
in
o
-S) J.SO9 TVlldVO
340
-------
\
\
o
o
o
o
o
o
I
a.
O
o
o
I
U
UI
K
2
a:
o:
8
<
z
o
<
a:
H-
o:
UJ
a:
D
o
o
o
o
HV3A/SUriOH-NVW
341
-------
u
a:
CO
u
a:
342
-------
\
"O"
.2.
o
o
o
" o~
m
(0
Q
-Q.
-U-
0.
0)
"D"
(A
J
<
O
in
o
0.
£
UI
O
u.
tn
UJ
o;
O
u
O
CQ
z
o
<
OS
o
UI
a:
M
O
m
o
o
o
aoavn
343
-------
X-X
XX
\
S
in
o
0.
3
IL
O
o
V)
a
UJ
<
2
o
<
a:
3
u
UJ
eg
D
O
-------
in
o
0
(ft
O
U
_J
U
u
UI
u
O
P
u.
s
CM
Ul
D
0
(8£. Nvr-savmoa) SASOO
345
-------
|V
s
v
s
V
\
\
k
\-
\
\
\
o
0
o
o
o
o
o
0
o
^
1"
0.
a
0 M
o K
' 10 100 1,
FLOW RATE TO COOLING TOW!
h-
U
H-
E
u
Ul
I
O
o
u
cvi
U
K
D
O
Lu
m
o
^. Nvr-*) JLSOO
346
-------
o
o
o
t,
\
s s
N
s,
S
K
S,
\
V
\
Y
s
fflL^
s
•3
0.
;
z
<
f*-
/
S
>
— >
>
l_S
\
v
>
\
\
\
V
V
-\
s.
\
o"
o
o
o
o
o
°A
°- IE
bl
H
0
Z
J
0
o
o
g
ill
2 i-
2 <
tt
%
o
u.
o
CO
O
u
_J
<
u
E
i-
o
u
-I
III
D
Z
O
o
o
U
CM
U
K.
D
O
in
o
(BL. Nvr-aA/8) xsoo nvoiaj.03-13 IVRNNV
347
-------
in
i
M
m
59
§8
2 E*
§1
W S
EH
O
eg •
in o
CM 0
•c
«H
—
• ^
h* •
in o
rl O
e
»4
—
•ff •
in o
•1 O
KI e
e
CM
-
a —
?5
« O
tt V
u in
K -j
M «
_l 19
^
|
U
a
§
lu
£
U
s
in
^
3
&•
^4
•f
«
to
1-1
in
*
»•
«•
^
*
tti
i
in
ID
n
t g
UJ U
p *J
i 1
Ift «• CU
0- H *>
S E! •"
PO ^ CU
*o fM f^
CJ C- >-l
K> O ^
M 1-1 Kl
CO U) CU
M cv! in
1-1 cr w
« «• rH
cj i- in
-
Z C9
•~ a
< UJ
£ Z
" s SB
in C S £
8 P g|
< U 1- U
K UJ « X
E g g *
« uj c.
u e o
S «o
0-
•i in
in b-
e> i»
f>. «D
rt t^
O
p*
«1
« g
»- U
s ^
"J
o: S:
ui S:
o
a. -i
I 1
^B
a
UJ
UJ
348
-------
CJ •
in e
cvi o
•c
sD
O
O
in o-
KV ,£
•f in
i-i ft
CJ
i>- e
in o
•* to
o-
o-
t o-
co w
e
in
JS
•»
r>
cu
5
M
>
a
I
u
SB
S
CQ
in o
tc. '^
iu in
in
O
v> u
in ct
u u.
IE «
z« •-
bj in
t- >• O
z o u
g
u
in
>•
m
z o
in
iu
<£> O < ZZ
tn c *-« »-• p
t- U H- CO £
* '- 2 as "
U f1* LJ
u < x
C£ b '"
C. u. —
UJ f
c o
u
349
-------
C- n «g
»•* ft* *«
t»
QJ I/I
t^. « *>
I W
A IS
w .
M
o c
U Q)
ra
CJ
II
55 m
~ « ^
g S
S S
19
gtt ui BL
u — w
£ £
350
-------
s
§
EH
o
§^
« ^ w
M « S
e -u
3 C
•H 0)
IB
1-1 m
s s
1
TO
e>
«:*.
tn o
e J o
•5
-
r» •
^ e
LI O
t* 0
o
V*
_
^ •
in e
••« e
m o
CJ
O-
s
in
e-
•e
m
•a-
CJ
in
^
CJ
CO
o*
*
CJ
•C
t*l
*
$
M
•e
CJ
e-
e*
«
o-
«0
in
fi
r.-
in
""*
,-
in
in o
**1 °1
h* cj
CJ tj
""
rt in
•1 O
r* o
•9 CJ
in cj
CJ
C-
•C
in
^
CJ
e
e
o
5
*
o
CJ
e
CJ
f>
•o
•v <
in o
g
m u
g£
IAJ l» V)
U •-
n c *^
< £ f> o
•£. •« i- U
w in
«. ». o ->
— o u <
C u
IS
t
351
-------
in t»i
CO
4J
CO
s
01
«J
V
tr>
Ui
E
< E e> o
•. ^ »• u
uj in
t >• O -I
~ (9 u -r
•" C. p
£= £ »
_ «•* s 5
z E «
S *c
e s
- H I§ = 2
352
-------
in e
t- O
«D
94
4T
in *-i
tn «
in
CM
o •>
cc o
r» e
ri 94
o-
*
o
in
in
in
_0
jj
«J
in
•e
in «
94 -C
CM »
Cr
CJ
O
I-l
I
S
a
•H
o in
u (0
&4 O
1-1
m -u
_o c
01 JJ
x: ro
U a>
o o
cu in
o
Z
e «
«
u 5
z p «n
« 5 0) O
S « •- U
w in
SES 5 *
52 a §
Sis
in o
2 s r
en <«..—» ^.
o —* ** »-• —*
u < u *- u >-
w K u * X O
in i S p "=-- *
g i s
S S
I
a a uj
353
-------
o
an
•o
o
a*
m
e
o-
in
9-
•a o
«•» o
r* •»
•a
a-
oo
•T
- _J
»" «
-J IS
u
:! 2 §
r in
«- O mi
*S w 3
a
g
en
5 i
_ * *
>s § s
o »- u
i^, ^ •->•
t &£
c o
354
-------
94 IB
in •*
in .y
»« c>
•a O
t
IU
ft
_<
Ik
c
IU
9»
•>
>•
tr>
S g
UJ W
jE j
i*j 2
94 41
m
In
D
U
-1
*
94
&
U
1
!
§
94
9-
94
U
tt
U
'e
en
SI
Ssr
LJ
"1
w o.
fe' =
< ^
£~ ^
b
9- ^
Z (3
94 a
-------
'i i
» e>
V> t-1
O- M t»
« « -r
to »»
cu in •« «
£ I 2 C
5 £
£ X
«0
?e
rj
in
cn
i-i
I
i
g
jj
—< 03
CU -U
(0
I O O
« e> O
H ki
kl
cw -u
0) 0)
'O E
tn
So
I *f
2 g
§ S
in in
in M
in
5
u
4J
a
V)
o
•1 U
fr>
« e
O u
i in
' -J
i <
'is
fe
5
in E
Ift D **
4. U
t» •-
|i S 8
t>- O J
*> 13 U **
* fj ft "
- S! 1 !
e *g ; s
« E§ I e
u ?g B
«*• ^ i-i fe a ui a
V) < Cte & Ul »w kW
w S « iu t.. E
^ c <-> O O 4»
£ «
356
-------
.— e
<-> o
e- o
ig in
co
«
o
-------
in M
• •
« K
•a- *•
O-
«
-
»4
a
«
u
lATIOfl
u
u.
£
Ul
0
•T O
lu
ss
5£
c z
ii
ii
^ u
< X
ft Ul
r
^
ee
e
v
S
£
IW
m
o
u
_i
»
«
_i
<
*-
358
-------
ve>
tH
I
fi
*
c-
I
in
in
s
l«
£
o-
in
IU
»
i £
u p o
u >*
ec w K
*"* s
359
-------
C9 '
eg
CO
•o
eg
in
eg
e
eg
eg >4
CO CM
in tf\
« eg
eg •*
O eg
in in
M eg
•O
Kl
»
eg
eg
s
(0
O ttt
-Z 4J
4J (0
(0 O
u O
4J
3 «
3 » »«-j
= " s K is i
S | S E S- I
£ 5 u o o iu
360
-------
o
•H O
r- o
oo «.
• ON
9\ (N
CD
CO
vo
v©
ve
0S
00
<•**
tft
vo
<*•>
VO
1-4 00
» t-I
vo
a
CO
o>
to
0)
4J
Q
Qu
m
O
u
j
E
4J
CO
w
JJ
to
o
m
9
C
e
361
-------
CM
m
o
o
o
in
CM
m
O
3
C
f-l
JJ
C
o
u
o
o
CM
CM
CM
CH CM
i-l CM
CM
VO
CM
US
m
in
o
so
CM
O
in
o
CM
U
JJ
re
CQ
vo
o
vo
r-
o
*
o
CM
f-l
o
«
vo
vo
in
CM
«
CM
CM
vo
eo
vo
vy-
g
CQ
O
CJ
0\ tZ
«H O
CO
00
Q u *r
r--|o JJ in
ro in (o
CM! •. DD >
o
o
oo
in
CM
O
ON
CM
o
in
o
I
a
s
w
CO
frl
A
CQ
a
ft
0)
0)
JJ
10
O
0)
CO
c
o
re
o
•D
o
c
o
•H
JJ
re
jj
co
cu
CO
jj
co
o
u
re
3
C
C
CO
CO
o
u
r-l
re
jj
•fH
a
re
u
c
o
•f-l
JJ
re
•H
O
0)
a
CD
a
intenance
ng Energy
re -H •—
Z -D CO
3 JJ
ia r-i co
0 O
c x u
O co
•H — W
JJ CD
re co »
W JJ O
0) 03 ft
a o
o u *
CO
jj
CO
O
u
Ul
CD
•s
o
ft
•o
c
re
^
t7^
W
0)
c
u
CO
JJ
(0
o
u
f-l
m
3
c
c
<
1-1
re
jj
0
C"1
362
-------
CM
<*
ID
CO
3 CM
-~ O O
O3O
O C -
O i-l O
JJ CM
O C CM
O O
CM U <0
O
CO
o
o
o
VO
00
f> CM
ft CM
ID
ID
OJ
CO
o
CM
CM
CM
O
iH
ID
O
o
CO
CO
JC
o
4J
re
CQ
in
%o
^
CM
CM
r-
CM
•CO-
M
CO
5 O 00
» 4J OO
o re
CQ
4J
Q
X
•^
m
XJ
a*
jj
o>
a
ca
re
cu
•D
o
c
o
re
o>
to
5
CO
re
eu
j
jj
c
0)
E
jj
CO
CD
CQ
CO
O
re
3
C
C
to
CO
o
u
ro
a
re
c
O
re
'o
<
O D>
C U
re a
c c
0) U
JJ
C O1*
-H C
re -H —
S T5 W
*^l J I*
'"'S §
C X U
o w
JJ 0)
re co 3
U 4.1 O
CD to a,
a o
o u <•»
CQ
4->
10
o
u
0)
o
CU
c
re
a>
c
u
Cfl
JJ
en
O
U
re
3
C
C
>-4
Q
363
-------
vo
in
vo
m
CM
in
3
o
3
C
O -rt
4J
C
tn o
O
CM
CM
in
CT>
CN
CN
in
eo
CM
CN
in
*
en
CM
f-
vo
cr>
«
o
ro
in
in
oo
vo
in
«
en
m
vo
Cn
vo
CN
CM
m
in
o
eo
r>
vo
in
o
CM
O
CM
co
oo
en
vo
ro
CQ
•OT-
(M
t-t
M
H
CO
— Si
o o
O JJ
3 re
CQ
in
vo
CM
o
^
en
en
iH
CN
VO
PO
o
en
CO
en
o
m
in
CM
io-
(0
VJ
01
4J
os ^
a*
a
a
a
(0
c
o
T3
O
C
o
•iH
4J
m
u
0)
a
o
w
o
4J
ca
10
c
cu
4J
CO
(0
4J
ta
o
m
3
C
C
<
CO
4J
CO
o
ro
a
re
u
c
o
f-4
JJ
m
•iH
O
CD
a
o cr>
C* Lj
re cu
c c
(V Ed
4.J
c cn
•M C
s:
18 i-l CQ
O O
C X CJ
o u
4J CU
re w *
>J 4J O
cu ca a<
a O
O U «•
ca
4-1
CO
O
O
cu
o
re
a>
w
cu
c
Cd
CO
4J
CO
O
U
re
3
C
C
re
4J
o
EH
CSu
364
-------
CN
a\
m
in
(N
CJV
m
vo
CN
oo
CN
O
in
c»
o
.c
o
.u
(0
CQ
oo
en
CN
to-
vo
•v
vo
oo
r-i CS
O
CN
CO
«
oo
CN
r»
m
VO
CN
r-
m
%
in
vp
WJ-
CM
CM
I
Ol
O
O)
cu
4->
03
O
eu
o>
o
cj
ro
CN
CQ
0%
CN
CN
VJ-
vo
oo
o
ro
cr>
CN
r-
vo
en
^
en
vo
crv
in
oo
CN
CQ
a
cu
o
u
o
03
CU
JJ
U
cu
a,
03
c
o
QS «—•
3
o
CJ
CU
o
c
o
(0
cu
a
o
03
O
U
OJ
«3
CU
J
C
cu
e
jj
03
CU
O
u
3
C
C
<
U
03
O
o
(0
a
10
u
c
o
o
CU
u
a
cu
c
cu >.
O en
c u
ra cu
c c
CU CJ
jj
c en
—4 C
fQ -fH i^**
S 13 03
3 JJ
•ji i-t m
0 0
c x u
O Cd
03
JJ
03
O
a
u
cu
3
O
a.
T3
c
fO
en
jj
03
O
O
r—j
(tj
3
C
C
f£
r-1
-------
CM
^r
tn
o
o
.0
o
CM
CO
3
O
3
C
•r-l
4J
C
o
u
co
*
VO
co
CM
to-
O
o
CO
o
o
CO
CM
ID
CM
cn
CM
en
o
r-
CM
o
co
co
CO
e?
o
8s
+j
-< a
i— < •
in
cr>
in
O
OJ
(0
03
en
en
CD
ns
CD
O
CJ
CO
en
o
C SJ
(Q
>
c
JJ
CO
o
U
r-4
(0
3
C
c
CO
JJ
CO
o
U
(0
JJ
•fl
a
10
u
c
o
••H
JJ
(0
•H
U
cu
a
a*
a
fa
s
0)
a
o
en
•iH .—»
•D M
3 -W
rH W
o o
x u
*~ U
0)
co 2
JJ O
CO 04
o
CQ
CO
o
o
0)
o
04
en
(U
c
O3
ca
JJ
CO
o
U
ra
3
c
c
-------
VO
in
VO
CN
01
3
O
3
C
C
O
o
01
m
CN
CN
03
CN
in
en
oo
OO
ON
in
o
o
VO
cr\
J=
o
-u
rtj
CO
CN
vo
vo
*
PO
l-(
CN
vo vp
O VO
CN
in
oo
o
CM
o
n
o
m
vo
o
01
O)
4->
03
O
CO
1
C
«p-
e
3
en
oo
in
o
JJ
ro
03
in
>-
oo
en
vo
«
in
in
in
vo
oo
CO
VO
(O
>i
o tj<
c u
(0 CU
c c
.,-( C
(0 .,-t ^
3-: no co
3 JJ
«.4) 1-1 co
o o
C X O
o w
(0 CO S
U JJ O
(1) CO CU
a o
O U <*
and Power Costs
cu
c
CO
JJ
CO
o
CJ
as
3
c
c
<
m
JJ
o
O
co
cu
367
-------
CQ
00
V£>
vo
CN
(M
CN
*
oo
m
»
oo
oo
•co-
CN
If)
CM
(1)
CQ
CQ
o
0)
CQ
IS CU
C C
CU Ed
JJ
C 01
•H C
RJ -H --»
S T3 CQ
CQ
CQ
CQ O
O -H
i« ^ CQ
O O
C X CJ
0)
4J
tn
0)
a
w
(0
0)
CQ
CQ
0)
CQ
JJ
CQ
O
CJ
(t)
cu
(0
CJ
cu
us co
a»
a> cu CQ
cu o
o>
u
cu
CQ
as
0)
368
-------
o
I O
' O
in
o
CN
03
3
O
3
C
C
O
u
vo
CN
o
r-
vo
CN
O\
^
(N
oo
o
r-
m
m
in
oo
CO
o
o
in
en
3
O
3
C
C
O
CJ
CN
VO
•co-
m CN
o ^r
vo
oo
oo
«
00
VO
VO
o
m
en
«
CT>
CN
vo
OJ
i
O)
CQ
(O
ob
•M O
cn
I—
CQ re
U
ro _Q
3
CTC/)
C
•r--0
>)
c
H*H
03
JJ
03
O
a
3
C
C
03
JJ
03
O
CJ
flj
a
(0
u
c
o
ITJ
o a*
c u
-------
VO
in
vo
ro
CM
CO
3
O
3
C
O •-*
in
C
o
o
CM
in
vo
co
o
o
in
vo
co
vo
in
co
co-
o
o
vo
en
co
3
O
3
C
JJ
C
o
CJ
I—
en
o
o
to-
vo
m
m
vo
oo
o
o
CM
m
in
CM
en
en
vo
r-
m
CN
to-
CO
O CJ
f^i ^j
3 05
a
in
CM
vo
CO-
n CN
o ^*
« ^
»»• VO
in
•i
in
VD
CM
O
VO
•k
CM
CM
to-
CD
CsJ
I
CO i«
o
CDJ3
C =3
•r- 3
•O C
0
>
c
n
CO
JJ
ca
O
CJ
!— 1
ra
3
c
c
ca
JJ
ca
O
u
•-I
(0
jj
•rH
a
«5
CJ
c
o
•i-4
JJ
ro
•H
u
>,
O CT>
c u
ID <1J
C C
cu u
JJ
C Di
•^ c
nj *^H ^"^
E >u m
3 JJ
ta r-( to
o o
C X CJ
o u
•H «^ Jj
JJ j JJ O
0) CO (X
a, o
0 CJ <*
CO
JJ
CO
o
CJ
V-i
cu
1$
o
04
•o
c
a
>,
vT*
^,4
(U
C
CO
CO
JJ
CO
0
CJ
1— 1
ro
3
C
C
<
iH
-------
CQ
in
o
o
o
• o"
o
i £
o
T-l
CM
CM
in
vo
CM
a\
in
vo
w-
e?
o
o>
CD
CM
*
00
o
o
°. 1
s i
vo
VD
3 3
0 CM
q to-
co
CM*
r-t
0
r-
o"
CM
r«
in
vo
n'
CM
in
00
m
CM
CD
00
in
00
CM
I
LU
CQ
t/)
O
in
O i-H
S S
— ffi
m
oo
CM
ro
oo
CM
e
n
Cj _^
s 3
R
371
-------
O
ja
CQ
O
••a-
o
o
o
ro
in
co
ro
•«»•
CNJ
in
CO
ro
r-*
CN!
oo
CM
CO
T-l
(N
O
vo
•w-
o
vo
csi
in
K
C\
n
co
rH
cn
in
00
CN
VO
*
cn
CM
CTi
O
in
t3
cy» -4 (O
»-« >
CO
-------
o
en
O)
QQ
CO
O
CJ
CM
=C
CO
o o
CC Lf)
Cs! *
oc
•6
-p
&
in
in
VD
in
en
fe
CO
CO
CO
CO
CM
in
CO
CM
CO
$
w
8
!
373
-------
•r- CO
ooo
cr>
r-l
co
o
t-l O
r- o
r- -
••O 4->
I-H O_ -t CQ-P
> «
to o
UJ jQ
_J 013
CQ COO
i
o
in o
vo fa
CM
in
CO
•w-
o
1-1
in
in
CO
CTl
O
in
in
co
p!
^
ro
CM
to
O
S g
O "H
4J -P B (0 CO
« -H U ^ J3
O O, Ch CU W
0
-------
O CD
£ 6
a
3 vo
C fN
—4 *
4J
O)
o
I— -a
Ou ±5
CQ OO
(O T3
QJ
a> N
o
vo
r»-
*>
CN
O
O
m
^
r-
t-H
1
s
CM
in
in
o
o
in
n
CN
•w-
CM
in
03
o
in
CO
fe
in
CM
en
m
00
o
n
vo
O
^
in
CM
in
o
w?
eo
•w-
vo
vo
in
oo
CO
CN
8
3 8 I
375
-------
CM
t»-
o
0
00
CM
^
CO
o
o
in
*
CM
LP
Cbntinut
00
o
vo
in
CO
CO
CO
c*
o
^*
vo
in
^
CM
vo
vo
CO
CM
in
in
co
,_^
o
o
vo
in
•CO-
CM
T-l
CO
o
o
o
CO
CO
CO
CO
in
co
in
r-
oo
co
CM
VD*
V>
CO
CO +J
t-t I— • 3
IB tO
UJ
_J DD E
vo
r^
CM
o"
in
t^
^
c3
•§
CTv
en
CM
^<
&i
vo
T-l
CTv
in
en
CM
o\
co
CO
CO
c?
•^
CM
in
o
0
CO
vo
CM
W)
o
o
1
B
i
&p
)-l -t->
111
8
a
CO
p-J
3
!
8
376
-------
JO
<-no
r-jo
«<*•
co
CO
CO
ec
oo
co
in
' I •— • *
~- C
vo
CO
in
O
OO
O
O
cv
4
CO
O
O
O
CM
VO
CM
CM
CM
«?
VO
CM
vo
CO
in
in
in
PO
CO
LU
O
O)
OJ
•4->
(O
O
ja
oo
cu
O)
CO
O
O
on
«=c
CO
in
en
O iH
o 3
ro
co
CM
ro
co
CM
•in-
8
a
I I
c -33
O i« r-H TO
377
-------
u
ca
c'o
D g
in
o
co
TJ*
CN
^
CTi
CN
o
vc
r-
^
vo
co
in
s LO
h. ^
"i "^
>
£>
o
o
vo
CN
O
O
in
CN
CO
vo
%
15
LU CD
OD [ *
J=C to
|""|« ^J
O
CO
CN
in
g
in
CN
ro
CN
TT
0s.
CO
CO
VD
o
O
CN
CN
oo
•w-
S
i
Q) 4J
I 3
I
I
}*
a
CO
•P S
W O
s 1
378
-------
(fl
o
o
CO
<
CD
m J3
.U £
'~ £
o
o
05
O
cc
CM
CD
r>-
rn
fe
VO
o
GO
c
CS
ro
X— .
CM
t— 1
PO
co
o
o
o
•>
r-H
(N
jfl
v3
i3
S
CO
CM CO
0 rH
* *»
i*** r**
H OJ
»n
(3O
o
^
If)
*5J*
H
^3*
0s.
«
tH
o
CO
(U
o
_
to
co
o
in
r^
vo
o
in
CM
OJ
in
cn
cxj
m
-------
|0
o
S
§
05
c in
VO (*)
en c\
r- co
*i %,
CO STi
o
in
m
CO
c
r-
CS
^
CO
o
o
(N
I
i2 8
in
CN
en
^
in
in
OJ
er,
en
CM
VO
CO
CM
cn
vo
CO
CO
CO
o o
+J D1
O)
Q. rtj
CO O
«3 3
O)
Ci
o
o
in o
&
o
VD
co
n
to-
CM
en
co
CO
CS]
cn
cn
-------
00
^r'o
ojo
t-llO
I
I
c
8
VD
n
n
00
o
CM
vc
U")
CO
n
rn
CM
o
vo
CM
O
O
r- 4J
=t (2
in
rH*
CTl
r--
oo
^
00
in
rn
vo
rH
CO
in
vo
< o
CQ O1
O)
(O
CO O O
CO
•— I I— OO
i— I Q-
i— i co -a
>•
4- fO
•r-CTJ
•o
O
in
in
O
o
in
^
ro
CM
CM
VO
vo
i-H
VO
*t
vo
o
v
C5
CM
in
CN
n
O
O
e
u
e
m jj
43 -H
ra
w
8 4. 1 1 8 «
" ^ 8 '
to
CO
4J
cn
8
1
fa
381
-------
^ O in
lo 3 o
OjO C CN
co in -H «.
CN \ -
£. §
•W-
in
ON
t-f
CM
m
r-
in
vo
vo
r--
CN
«N
rH
•W-
r-j
r-1
ro
en
o
o
r-
m
in
CO
09
in
fO
m
o
vo
en
vc
10 O)
•P fd
a\
co
>-t 0-3
t-t CQ CO
LU 3
_i cnc
CQ C-r-
,E
vo
o
in
m
P>J
CTl
^
TT
vo
to-
co
co
CTS
VO
vo
vo
CM
^
co
CO
in
co
M
•w-
10
o
o
s
O
I
^
r=< -P
3
!
*
01
I
!
382
-------
6
m
vo
c-.
o
CO
•00-
vo
o <=>
IT! CO
CTS
(O
O
.0
i— I 0)
I-H O)
oo
in
en
n
CO
CM
OO
ro
CO
^'
rr
CM
o
o
co
oo
a.
oo
I
fi
O
* ^
a fi 4J
5 +>
i-j W
m O
O O
«
«0
a
383
-------
o
CD
d)
4J
fO
O
en
O1
C1
in
CO
in
o
o
00
p-
O
00
CO
(N
in
•h
• r>
2 &
a\
^
r»
o
-------
o
CT)
OL)
(fl
o
CO
00
Q_
CO
o
ojo
CMJ •>
•JCM
oo I in
O
in
o
o
•CO-
CM «-l
in o
o co
^ ^
en vo
CN "3"
VO
VO
CO
o
in
PO
T-l
ro
n
o
o
o
'—I ^^
d &
n
n
CM
O
CD
co
CM
r-t
VO
00
^
in
CO
o
«,
CM
oo
CTi
in
CM
O
_Q
to
c
i—i 3
<
vo
r^
CM
o
in
CD
o
VO
O
CM
^
<*
CO
o
r-
vo*
en
o
CO
CO*
T-)
O
ro
"X
CM
r-
m
cr.
vo*
CM
m
4J
385
-------
-------
SECTION IX
BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
CURRENTLY AVAILABLE
This section defines the effluent characteristics attainable through
the application of best practicable control technology currently
available (BPT). BPT reflects the existing performance by plants of
various sizes, ages, and manufacturing processes within the three
basis material subcategories as well as the established performance of
the recommended BPT systems. Particular consideration is given to the
treatment already in-place at plants within the data base.
The factors considered in defining BPT include the total cost of
applying the technology in relation to the effluent reduction benefits
from such application, the age of equipment and facilities involved,
the process employed, non-water quality environmental impacts
(including energy requirements) and other factors the Administrator
considers appropriate. In general, the BPT level represents the
average of the best existing performances of plants of various ages,
sizes, processes or other common characteristics. Where existing
performance is uniformly inadequate, BPT may be transferred from a
different subcategory or category. Limitations based on transfer
technology must be supported by a conclusion that the technology is,
indeed, transferrable and a reasonable prediction that it will be
capable of achieving the prescribed effluent limits. See Tanner's
Council of America y. Train. BPT focuses on end-of-pipe treatment
rather than process changes or internal controls, except where such
are common industry practice.
TECHNICAL APPROACH TO BPT
EPA first studied the coil coating operations to identify the
processes used and the wastewaters generated during coil coating.
Information was collected through previous work, dcp forms and
specific plant sampling and analysis. The Agency used this data to
subcategorize the operations and to determine what constituted an
appropriate BPT. Some of the salient considerations are:
The cleaning step of coil coating removes oil, dirt and oxide
coating, and generates alkaline or acid wastewaters containing
oils, dissolved metals and suspended solids.
The conversion coating and sealing wastewater generally is acid
in nature and contains dissolved metals, and suspended solids.
387
-------
Quench wastewater which derives from cooling the paint surface
after drying typically is slightly alkaline in nature and
contains small amounts of organics and suspended solids.
Of the 72 plants for which data were reviewed, 6 have cyanide
removal, 40 have hexavalent chromium reduction, 12 have oil
skimming, 43 have neutralization and metal precipitation followed
by sedimentation using tanks, lagoons, clarifiers or tube or
plate settlers, and 22 have sludge dewatering to assist in sludge
disposal.
This document has already discussed some of the factors which must be
considered in establishing effluent limitations based on BPT. The age
of equipment and facilities and the processes employed were taken into
account in subcategorization and are discussed fully in Section IV.
Nonwater quality impacts and energy requirements are considered in
Section VIII.
Coil coating consists of three different sets of processes - metal
preparation, conversion coating, and painting. These generate
different waste streams. As Table IX-1 (page 399) shows, the chemical
makeup of these wastewaters is distinctly different. In all three
wastewater streams, as discussed in Sections III and IV, the volume of
wastewater is related to area of material processed.
Cyanide compounds are used in some conversion coating formulations
applied to aluminum strip. This fact is reflected in the high cyanide
concentrations in rinse waters from aluminum conversion coating.
Although cyanides are not used in conversion coating formulations
applied to steel and galvanized strip, appreciable concentrations of
cyanide appeared in the conversion coating rinse streams from plants
in the galvanized subcategory which also coated steel and aluminum
strip. Apparently, cyanide from aluminum conversion coating
operations is not readily eliminated from the rinse system when the
production line is changed over to other metals. Therefore, cyanide
removal by precipitation is proposed for conversion coating dumps and
rinses from all three subcategories.
The general approach to BPT for this category is to treat all
wastewaters in a single (combined) treatment system. Oil which is
removed from the strip during alkaline cleaning must be removed from
the wastewater, cyanide from conversion coating operations must be
treated, and hexavalent chromium must be reduced to the trivalent
state so that it can be precipitated and removed along with other
metals. The dissolved metals must be precipitated and suspended
solids, including the metal precipitate, removed. Segregation and
separate treatment of conversion coating wastewaters is necessary to
provide effective removal of cyanide and reduction of hexavalent
chromium. Therefore, the strategy for BPT is to treat cyanide and
388
-------
reduce hexavalent chromium in conversion coating wastewaters; combine
all wastewater streams and apply oil skimming to remove oil and grease
and some organics; and follow or combine with lime and settle
technology to remove metals and solids from the combined wastewaters.
(See Figure IX-1, page 400). Some slight modification may be
necessary in specific subcategories but the overall treatment strategy
is applicable throughout this category. Although flows of wastewater
differ from subcategory to subcategory and result in different mass
limitations for each subcategory, the same treatment is applicable and
equally effective on all subcategory waste streams.
Most of the coil coating plants sampled by EPA appear to have elements
of the proposed BPT system already in place; however, observations by
sampling teams and results of effluent analyses (presented in each
subcategory) suggest that most treatment systems are not properly
operated. The result is universally inadequate treatment for the
category. Technology (in the sense of proper maintenance of operating
conditions) must therefore be transferred. The crux of the problem
for coil coating is that hardware systems are in-place, but operating
instructions are not consistently or adequately followed. The
instructions and procedures for use of the hardware constitute the
technology which must be transferred. The fact that some plant
sampling days for this category show performance equivalent to that of
similar systems used in other metal finishing categories justifies the
technology transfer narrowly defined above.
SELECTION OF POLLUTANT PARAMETERS FOR REGULATION
The pollutant parameters selected for regulation in the coil coating
category were selected because of their frequent presence at treatable
concentrations in wastewaters from the three subcategories. In
addition to pH, TSS, and cyanide, metals are regulated in each
subcategory. Table VII-16 (page 222) summarizes the BPT treatment
system effectiveness for all pollutant parameters regulated in the
coil coating category. :
The importance of pH control is stressed in Section VII and its
importance for metals removal cannot be overemphasized. Even small
excursions away from the optimum level can result in less than optimum
functioning of the system. Study of plant effluent data presented for
each subcategory shows the importance of pH. The optimum level may
shift slightly frpm the optimum level (8.7 - 9.2) if wastewater
composition differs'appreciably from that of wastewaters studied.
Therefore, the regulated pH ik specified to be within a range of 7.5 -
10.0 (instead of 6.0 - 9.0)*to accommodate the optimum level without
the necessity for a final pH adjustment,,
389
-------
STEEL SUBCATEGORY
The BPT treatment train for steel subcategory wastewater consists of
cyanide removal and chromium reduction for the segregated wastewaters
from the conversion coating operation; mixing and pH adjustment, with
lime or acid, of the combined wastewaters to precipitate metals; oil
skimming to remove oil and grease and organics; and settling to remove
suspended solids and precipitated metals.
Wastewater generated in the steel subcategory was calculated from all
dcp data. Production normalized median water use for the steel
subcategory is 2.962 1/sq m processed area.
Plants with production normalized flows significantly above the median
flows used in calculating the BPT limitations will need to reduce
these flows to meet the BPT limitations. This reduction can usually
be made at no significant cost by correcting obvious excessive water
use practices (such as leaking rinse tanks) or by shutting off flows
to rinses when they are not in use and installing flow control valves
on rinse tanks. Specific water conservation practices applicable to
reducing excess water are detailed in Section VII.
The typical characteristiics of wastewaters from the cleaning and
conversion coating operations in the steel subcategory, and for quench
operations for the coil coating category are given in Tables V-28, V-
29, and V-30 (pages 98, 99, and TOO). Typical characteristics of
total raw wastewater for the steel subcategory are given in Table V-31
(page 101). Tables VI-1 and VI-4 (pages 177-180 and 189) list the
pollutants that should be considered in setting effluent limitations
for this subcategory. Regulated pollutants at BPT include chromium,
cyanide, nickel, zinc, iron, oil and grease, TSS, and pH. Other
pollutants listed, in Table VI-1 and VI-4 are not specifically
regulated at BPT; however, substantial incidental removal should be
achieved by the application of BPT technology. Lime and settle
technology combined with oil skimming should reduce the concentration
of regulated pollutants to the levels described in Table VII-16.
When these concentrations are applied to the dcp median
flow described above, the mass of pollutant allowed to be
per unit area prepared and coated can be calculated. Table
the limitations derived from this calculation. Total
values are based on a typical coil coating operation where
is cleaned, conversion coated, and painted once.
wastewater
discharged
IX-2 shows
wastewater
the strip
The derivation of one limitation is presented below in reverse order
so that the individual numerical steps in arriving at the limitations
can be seen. The steel subcategory BPT maximum for any one day for
chromium is 5.42 mg/m2. This number is the product of the one day
maximum chromium concentration for a lime and settle treatment from
390
-------
1.83 mg/1, (Table VII-16) and the median dcp steel subcategory water
use from 2.96 1/m2 (Table V-12). The one day maximum chromium value
was arrived at from treatment effectiveness data and a variability
factor (the derivation of which is described fully in Section VII).
The median water use is the median of the steel subcategory water uses
(presented in Table V-6). Each of -these individual water uses was
calculated by dividing the yearly water used in a plant by the total
production (two sides of coil) for that year (dcp's and Section V).
TABLE IX-2
BPT REGULATED POLLUTANT DISCHARGE - STEEL SUBCATEGORY
Pollutant
Pollutant
or
Property
Maximum for
any one day
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive
sampling days
mq/m2 (lb/1,000,000 ft2) of area processed
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide, Total
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Iron
Oil and Grease
TSS
PH
0.18 (0.036)
0,089 (0.018)
5.42
5.78
0.65
0.30
4.27
4.44
6.43
59.2
(1.11)
(1.18)
(0.13)
(0.061
(0.87)
(0.91 )
(1 .32)
(12.1)
i;
2,
o,
0;
3,
1 ,
2,
29,
74,
95
34
27
15
23
93
19
6
1
(0.
(0.
(0,
(0,
(0.
(0,
(0,
(6,
40)
48)
055)
03)
66)
39)
45)
07)
(15.2)
i u*. \4\4.i / *. i \ID.^;
Within the range of 7.5 to 10.0 at all times
To determine the reasonableness of these potential limitations, EPA
examined data from the sampled plants (Table IX-3, pgae 401) to
determine how many plants were meeting this BPT. These data indicate
that, no plants were meeting all the suggested BPT mass limitations;
however, values for one plant sampling day (11058-1) met all the
limitations and more than half of thfe values from all sampling days
are within the limitations for each pollutant parameter except pH and
oil and grease. On three additional sampling days (11055-1, 36056-3,
and 36056-1), all but one of the values were within the proposed
limitation. On one additional sampling day (36056-2), all but two
values were within the limitation. Viewed as a group, the 36 effluent
values for the five sampling days with best performance (including
three plants) included only 5 values outside the limitations - and 2
391
-------
of those were for oil and grease, 2 were for pH. Of particular note
is the fact that all 18 metals values were within the limitations and
that all pH values were 8.0 or greater.
The second group of five sampling days (including three plants) had 8
out of 19 metals values exceeding the limitations. The pii ranged
below 7.5 for all five of those plant sampling days. The values for
plant number 36058 (last three sampling days in Table IX-3) are not
included in this data analysis because the plant had no solids removal
facilities in the wastewater treatment system. Two of the plants
(46050 and 12052, representing four sampling days) had no oil skimming
facilities in the wastewater treatment system.
Proposed oil and grease limitations can be met with properly operated
oil skimmers, and proposed metals and TSS limitations can be met with
pH adjustment and settling. The need for close pH control is
illustrated by the effluent data. When pH falls below the lower
limit, metals are not removed. At pH's above the upper limit,metals
that became soluble as oxygenated anions return to solution.
Therefore, the proposed limitations (Table IX-2) for the steel
subcategory are reasonable.
In the establishment of BPT, the cost of application of technology
must t»e considered in relation to the effluent reduction benefits from
such application. The quantity of pollutants removed by BPT and the
total cost of application of BPT are displayed in Table X-l (page ).
The capital cost of BPT as an increment above the cost of in-place
treatment equipment is estimated to be $2,425,431 for the steel
subcategory. Annual cost of BPT for the steel subcategory is
estimated to be $965,712. The quantity of pollutants removed by the
BPT system for this subcategory is estimated to be 1,237,860 kg/yr,
including 35,958 kg/yr of toxic pollutants. The effluent reduction
benefit is worth the dollar cost of required BPT.
GALVANIZED SUBCATEGORY
The BPT treatment train for galvanized subcategory wastewater consists
of cyanide removal and chromium reduction for the segregated
wastewaters from the conversion coating operation; mixing and pH
adjustment of the combined wastewaters with lime or acid to
precipitate metals; oil skimming to remove oil and grease and some
organics; and settling to remove suspended solids and precipitated
metals.
Wastewater generated in the galvanized subcategory was calculated from
all dcp data. Production normalized median water use for the
galvanized subcategory is 3.349 1/sq m processed area.
392
-------
Plants with production normalized flows significantly above the
average flows used in calculating the BPT limitations will need to
reduce these flows to meet the BPT limitations. This reduction can
usually be made at no significant cost by correcting obvious excessive
water use practices (such as leaking rinse tanks) or by shutting off
flows to rinses when they are not in use and installing flow control
values on rinse tanks. Specific water conservation practices
applicable to reducing excess water are detailed in Section VII.
The typical characteristics of wastewaters from the cleaning and
conversion coating operations in the galvanized subcategory, and for
quench operations for the total coil coating category are shown in
Tables V-28, V-29, V-30. Typical characteristics of total raw
wastewater for the galvanized subcategory are in Table V-31. Tables
VI-2 and VI-4 list the pollutants that should be considered in setting
effluent limitations for this subcategory. Regulated pollutants at
BPT include chromium, copper, cyanide, nickel, zinc, iron, oil and
grease, TSS, and pH. Other pollutants listed in Table VI-2 and VI-4
are not specifically regulated at BPT. However, substantial
incidental removal should be achieved by the application of BPT
technology. The combination of lime and settle technology with oil
skimming should reduce the concentration of regulated pollutants to
the levels described in Table VII-16.
When these concentrations are applied to the dcp median wastewater
flow described above, the mass of pollutant allowed to be discharged
per unit area prepared and coated can be calculated. Table IX-5 shows
the limitations derived from this calculation. Total wastewater
values are based on a typical coil coating operation where the strip
is cleaned, conversion coated, and painted once.
393
-------
TABLE IX-4
BPT REGULATED POLLUTANT DISCHARGE
GALVANIZED SUBCATEGORY
Pollutant or
Pollutant Property
Maximum for
any one day
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive
sampling days
mq/m2 (lb/1,000,000 ft2) of area processed
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide, Total
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Iron
Oil and Grease
TSS
0.2
6.13
6.53
0.74
0.34
4.82
5.02
7.27
67.0
(0.041 )
(1.26)
(1.34)
(0.15)
(0.069)
(0.99)
(1.03)
(1.49)
(13.7)
117.2 (24.)
0.
2,
2,
0,
0,
3,
2,
2,
33,
83,
1
21
65
3
17
65
18
48
5
7
(0,
(0,
(0,
(0,
(0,
(0,
(0,
(0,
(6,
021 )
45)
54)
062)
034)
75)
45)
51)
86)
(17.1)
PH
Within the range of 7.5 to 10.0 at all times.
To determine the reasonableness of these potential limitations, EPA
examined data from the sampled plants (Table IX-5, page 402) to
determine how many plants were meeting this BPT. Values for one
sampling day (11058-1) met all limitations, and values for three
additional sampling days (38053-1, 46050-1, and 38053-3) met all
limitations except pH. Another sampling day (38053-2) had pH and one
metal value outside of the limitation. Thus for five sampling days
with 44 reported values for regulated pollutant parameters, only 5 of
the values, including 4 pH values, exceeded the limitations. TSS was
36.0 mg/sq m or less, showing effective solids removal. The remaining
four sampling days with 35 reported values for regulated pollutant
parameters had 21 values outside the limitations. TSS values ranged
from 241 to 3012 mg/sq m for these plants, indicating ineffective
solids removal.
The data indicate that the BPT treatment system is capable of meeting
proposed effluent limitations when the system is operated properly.
Therefore, the proposed limitations in Table IX-5 for the galvanized
subcategory are reasonable.
394
-------
In the establishment of BPT, the cost of applying a technology must be
considered in relation to the effluent reduction benefits achieved by
such application. The quantity of pollutants removed by BPT and the
total cost of application of BPT are displayed in Table X-l. The
capital cost of BPT as an increment above the cost of in-place
treatment equipment is estimated to be $1,080,845 for the galvanized
subcategory. Annual cost of BPT for the galvanized subcategory is
estimated to be $399,100. The quantity of pollutants removed by the
BPT system for this subcategory is estimated to be 535,495 kg/yr,
including 195,493 kg/yr of toxic pollutants. EPA believes that the
effluent reduction benefit outweighs the dollar cost of required BPT.
ALUMINUM SUBCATEGORY
The BPT treatment train for aluminum subcategory wastewater consists
of cyanide precipitation and chromium reduction for the segregated
wastewaters from the conversion coating operation; mixing and pH
adjustment of the combined wastewaters with lime or acid to
precipitate metals; oil skimming to remove oil and grease plus some
organics; and settling to remove suspended solids plus precipitated
metals.
Wastewater generated in the aluminum subcategory was calculated from
all dcp data. Production normalized median water use for the aluminum
subcategory is 2.863 1/sq m processed area.
Plants with production normalized flows significantly above the median
flow used in calculating the BPT limitations will need to reduce flows
to meet the BPT limitations. This reduction can usually be made at no
significant cost by correcting obvious excessive water use practices
(such as leaking rinse tanks) or by shutting off flows to rinses when
they are not in use and installing flow control valves on rinse tanks.
Specific water conservation practices applicable to reducing excess
water are detailed in Section VII. <
The typical characteristics of wastewaters from the cleaning and
conversion coating operations in the aluminum subcategory, and for
quench operations for the total coil coating category are shown in
Tables V-28, V-29, and V-30. Typical characteristics of total raw
wastewater for the aluminum subcategory are in Table V-31. Tables VI-
3 and VI-4 list the pollutants that should be considered in setting
effluent limitations for this subcategory. The regulated pollutants
at BPT include chromium, cyanide, lead, aluminum, iron, oil and
grease, pH, and TSS. Other pollutants listed in Table VI-3 and VI-4
are not specifically regulated at BPT. However, substantial
incidental removal should be achieved by the application of BPT
technology. The combination of lime and settle technology with oil
skimming should reduce the concentration of regulated pollutants to
395
-------
the levels described in Table VII-16.
the range 7.5 - 10.0 at all times.
pH must be maintained within
When these concentrations are applied to the dcp median
flow described above, the mass of pollutant allowed to be
per unit area prepared and coated can be calculated. Table
the limitations derived from this calculation. Total
values are based on a typical coil coating operation where
is cleaned, conversion coated, and painted once.
wastewater
discharged
IX-6 shows
wastewater
the strip
TABLE IX-6
BPT REGULATED POLLUTANT DISCHARGE
ALUMINUM SUBCATEGORY
Pollutant or
Pollutant Property
Maximum for
any one day
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive
sampling days
mg/m2 (lb/1,000,000 ft2) of area processed
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide, Total
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Aluminum
Iron
Oil and Grease
TSS
pH Within
0.17
5.24
5.58
0.63
0.29
4.12
4.29
1 .83
6.21
57.3
100.
(0.035)
(1 .07)
(1.14)
(0.13)
(0.059)
(0.84)
(0.88)
(0.38)
(1.27)
(11.7)
(20.5)
the range of 7.5
0.086
1 .89
2.26
0.26
0. 14
3. 12
1 .86
0.74
1 .86
28.6
71 .6
to 10.0 at
(0.018)
(0.39)
(0.46)
(0.053)
(0.029)
(0.64)
(0.38)
(0.15)
(0.38)
(5.86)
(14.7)
all times.
To determine the reasonableness of these potential limitations, EPA
reviewed the data from the sampled plants (Table IX-7, page 403) to
determine how many plants were meeting this BPT. For one plant
(01054) the effluent values for all pollutant parameters were within
the limitations for one sampling day (01054-3) and all parameters
except pH on two sampling days (01054-2 and 01054-1). An additional
eight sampling days (including three plants) had 43 of 64 effluent
values within the limitations. One sampling day (15436-1) had no
metal values reported, and one plant (40064) had no solids removal
facilities in the wastewater treatment system.
396
-------
The data indicate that the treatment system is capable of meeting
proposed effluent limitations when the system is operated properly and
pH is held within the proposed limits. Therefore, the proposed
limitations (Table IX-6) for the aluminum subcategory are reasonable.
In the establishment of BPT, the cost of applying a technology must be
considered in relation to the effluent reduction benefits achieved ,by
such application. The quantity of pollutants removed by BPT and the
total cost of application of BPT are displayed in Table X-12. The
capital cost of BPT as an increment above the cost of in-place
treatment equipment is estimated to be $3,775,920 for the aluminum
subcategory. Annual cost of BPT for the aluminum subcategory is
estimated to be $1,519,313. The quantity of pollutants removed by the
BPT system for this subcategory is estimated to be 809,004 kg/yi:
including 128,589 kg/yr of toxic pollutants. EPA believes that the
effluent reduction benefit outweighs the idollar cost of required BPT.
Adjustment of data for less than 3_0 sampling days
A method of interpolation between one day and 30 day average
values has been developed by the Agency and previously published\
This method developed as a part of i electroplating pretreatment
development document was published at 44 FR 56330 October 1, 1979.
For the purpose of enforcement of limitation and standards (BPT, BAT,
BCT, NSPS and pretreatment), consecutive samples taken and analyzed
shall be considered as being taken on consecutive sampling days even
though one or more non-sampling days intervene. In applying the
limitations and standards where more than one but less than 30 samples
have been taken and analyzed, the following formula shall be used to
establish the standard for each pollutant which the average of the
samples shall not exceed:
Lx = L30 +
[(L, - L30) x Fx]
Where:
Lx = Standard not to be exceeded by the
average of X consecutive samples.
L, = Maximum for any one day.
L30 = Standard not to be exceeded by the
average of 30 consecutive days.
Fx = Multiplier for number of samples
analyzed (from table below).
397
-------
Table - Values of Fx
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Samples:
Fx
1 .00
0.597
0.430
0.335
0.266
0.223
0.186
0.167
0. 141
0.127
0.1 14
0.102
0.089
0.077
0.064
0.058
0.052
0.045
0.039
0.033
0.030
0.026
0.023
0.020
0.016
0.013
0.010
0.007
0.003
0.000
398
-------
>,
I
01
4J
to
U
s
0)
•o u
o) to
a s
3 £
1 o
S
§
CO CO 00
NO — CM
in —* o
o o
o -a-
CM —
CM 00 O
— -3- O
CM -3- O
o en o
•a-
•a- ON o
o m o
o r-I d
CM CM in
oo CM ON
O •* co
— ON oo
.3- CNI m
r^ oo F^
r- . »lH
I-H ~ 4J
•» °>
o) r>-'<
— « ^
ja S o)
C8 g .U
H § 0
* 2
CO
e
p
01
*j
K)
3
01
.u
00
CO
a
•o
OJ
a
0)
u
jj
B
9
B
O
•H
a at!
ai -H
B a
o o
cj u
60
B
B
a
01
—
o
e
3
•H -3-
6 •*
*-4 •
•< 0
•O
01
N
•fH
C
at oo
'ra "
o o
B CM
O CO
— o
!j
c
•rt O
e eo
< 0
•o
0>
M
'B
es r~
> en
«— * 00
So
ON
B CO
O 00
iJ •
t-l O
00 O CM
o o in
o in o
o m oo
r~ oo o
in CM —
O eo
in CM
O o
§in o
— o
m oo m
o o
o o
o o
O O 00 OOO
— O — O O eo
O CM O CM in -3-
O CO
m co
CO —
ooo
— m o
CO O —i
NO — CM
O CO CO
ooo
CM O CM
ON CO NO
O -3- r^
Sin
co
CM O
o -* o
ON eo o
— CM -J
O O
o o1
NO m
co o m
o co r~
o — o
ooo
— t^ o
o — o
o m
— -3-
CM —
O m O
O r~ o
in CM .*
ooo
3- r- CTN
CM in eo
O -4- O
in o
oo
o ON
o r~
CM in
ooo
-3- O O
eo es eo
o o
o o
o m CM
v]
— NO
NO m
CM CM
a>
a
u
o
•u —
a
o 9
•S5
W t*4
II
12
56
00 ON
01
•o
M C —
01 -i-l 01
S g1^
a
§
.1
o o
&
— n .e
< •-< S
— tn
•r4 en
O Ei
399
-------
Bl
Z u i
o " I
" O * I
u 5 u ;
> I- t-
z < « '
o o < i
u u £ I
»B
i?
e
u
z<
M
u «
J <
u S
Ul
(A
V)
H-
<
Ul
Ul
i
Ul
m
5
LJ
D
400
-------
1
(D
CO
*3
«W _M
••) "**"•
~ f
*i-4 >J^
ro M
i i
x -a ^
i-1
-------
1
S'B
So-
10
C 00
at e
3 »3
f-4
U4
1 M
X -0 O
M U 60
N 01
Of 'r4 4J
•° 3 °
»g |i ja
& V)
•a
C 01
O N
'jj "c
u a
3 >
•a »-*
£3
cu
^
a
Q
60
C
*H
O
B
a
w
4J
C
O O *d"
O O CM
O O O
r~ co
r» o
~< o
O O 0
CM
0
1 O O
1— 1
n
o
H
8 **
3 01
•H U T3
B CJ -H
0 B. C
h O. Q
O o u
CM CO — <
• CO •
in — <
oo
^H
o «* I
r~ co
§00 -»
CM -H
o *s a
in in vo
in
vO
00
i
-a- ~* OA
CO CM vO
•-H
1
vo o m
— i -3- vO
** CM
•*
CO 1
*a- in co
m co -a-
CM
CO
r~*
1
-a- o t-
CM VO VO
CM CO
in
_I
0 1
O CO -H
oo ov r*
.—i
in
OS
CM I
in o co
r^
-------
-------
-------
SECTION X
BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE
The factors considered in assessing best available technology
economically achievable (BAT) include the age of equipment and
facilities involved, the process employed, process changes, non-water
quality environmental impacts (including energy requirements) and the
costs of application of such technology (Section 304(b)(2)(B). BAT
technology represents the best existing economically achievable
performance of plants of various ages, sizes, processes or other
shared characteristics. As with BPT, those categories whose existing
performance is uniformly inadequate may require a transfer of BAT from
a different subcategory or category. BAT may include process changes
or internal controls, even when these are not common industry
practice. ;
TECHNICAL APPROACH TO BAT
In pursuing this second round of effluent regulations, the Agency
reviewed a wide range of technology options and evaluated the
available possiblities to insure that the most effective and
benef-icial technologies were used as the basis of BAT. To accomplish
this, the Agency elected to examine at least three (3) significant
technology options which could be applied to coil coating as BAT
options. These options included the range of available technologies
applicable to the category and its subcategories, and suggested three
technology trains which would make substantial progress toward
prevention of environmental pollution above and beyond progress to be
achieved by BPT.
As a general approach for the category, three levels of BAT were
evaluated. The technologies in general are equally applicable to all
the subcategories and each level produces similar concentrations of
pollutants in the effluent from all subcategoires. Mass limitations
derived from these options, however, vary because of the impact of
varying water use and wastewater generation rates. Extreme
technologies such as distillation and deep space disposal were
rejected a priori as not cost effective, not economic, or not proven.
In summary form, the treatment technologies considered for coil
coating are:
At BPT:
hexavalent chromium reduction
cyanide oxidation or precipitation
405
-------
oil skimming
hydroxide precipitation and sedimentation of metals
- sludge dewatering
At BAT - 1 — all of BPT plus
- filtration after sedimentation
At BAT - 2 — all of BAT 1 plus
in-process wastewater reduction
• countercurrent rinses
• quench water recycle through cooling tower
• quench water reuse as cleaning rinse
• rinse sensors to shut off unused flow
in-process pollutant reduction
• non-cyanide conversion coating
• no-rinse conversion coating
At BAT - 3 — all of BAT 2 except
substitute ultrafiltration for conventional filtration
EPA considered these options in a draft development document which was
given limited circulation to industry and environmental groups.
Comments from this limited but technically knowledgeable audience were
used in selecting a specific BAT option.
BAT Option _]_
BAT Option 1 builds upon the technical, requirements of BPT. BPT
already requires that cyanide, if present, be removed; hexavalent
chromium, if present, be reduced; oil be removed by skimming; metals
be precipitated by pH adjustment; precipitated metals and other
suspended solids be removed by sedimentation; and that sludge be
dewatered. BAT Option 1 continues this process by adding a
conventional mixed media filter after the BPT technology train. No
flow reduction from BPT is envisioned in this Option. The filter
suggested is of the mixed media type, although other filters such as
rapid sand;or pressure would perform equally well.
406
-------
BAT Option 2_
BAT Option 2 builds upon the technologies established for BAT 1. Flow
reduction by in-process changes is the principle mechanism for
reducing pollutant discharges at BAT 2. Methods for reducing in-
process wastewater generation include:
Countercurrent Rinses - Countercurrent rinsing is a mechanism commonly
encountered in electroplating and other metal processing operations
where uncontaminated water is used for the final cleaning of an item,
and water containing progressively more contamination is used to rinse
the more contaminated part. The process substantially improves
efficiencies of water use and rinsing; for example, the use of a two
stage countercurrent rinse to obtain a rinse ratio of about 100 can
reduce water usage to approximately one-tenth of that needed for a
single stage rinse to achieve the same level of product cleanliness.
Similarly, a three stage counter current rinse would reduce water
usage to approximately one-thirtieth for the same rinse ratio.
Countercurrent rinsing is presently used in one coil coating plant.
Quench Water Recycle - The cooling and recycle of quench water is
commonly practiced throughout the industry and 20 plants are believed
to use cooling towers and recycle some substantial fraction of their
cooling or quench water. Because the principle function of quench
water is to remove heat quickly from the painted coil, the principle
requirements of the water are that it be cool and that it not contain
dissolved solids at such level that it leaves water marks or other
discolorations on the painted surface. iThere is sufficient industry
experience to assure the success of this technology; six plants do not
discharge any quench water by reason of continued recycle.
Quench Water Reuse - Water that has been used one or two cycles as
quench water appears to be satisfactory for further use as rinse water
in the coil coating operation. The amount of water used for quench
purposes is about 1.5 times the once through amount of rinse water
used in a coil coating plant, so that some level of recirculation
would be required to completely use the quench water. This does not
appear to be unreasonable; three plants are presently using part or
all of their quench water blowdown for other coil coating purposes.
Rinse Sensors - Sensing devices that shut off rinse water when the
coil coating line is not running eliminate unnecessary water flow.
These devices have been observed installed and operating at six of the
coil coating plants visited.
Non-Cyanide Chromating -The use of non-cyanide chemical conversion
coating systems eliminates the discharge of cyanides. This altered
chemical system was observed in three visited plants and was reported
to be used by four other plants.
407
-------
No-Rinse Conversion Coating - This process produces a conversion or
chemical coat on the basis material by fully reacting the applied
chemicals. Since there are no excess or waste materials to be
removed, no rinsing is required and no rinse water is generated. This
process eliminates wastewater from the coating operation and is used
at three plants.
BAT Level 3_
BAT Level 3 uses the technology train and in-process controls of Level
2, but substitutes an ultrafiltration system for the conventional
filter after sedimentation used in BAT Levels 1 and 2.
BAT OPTION SELECTION
The BAT options outlined above were circulated in a draft technical
background document for limited review by industry and environmental
groups. In addition, the Agency carefully reconsidered the
recommended technology options to determine their feasibility and
beneficial characteristics.
BAT Level 1 , (See Figure X-l page 417) provides a readily achievable
Option which achieves some pollution reduction; however, substantial
reductions are obviously available from the application of other
technology. After consideration the Agency rejected this option
because it did not provide a reasonable advance beyond BPT toward
environmental pollution control. It actually would provide less
benefits than Level 2 despite greater costs.
After further examination, BAT Level 2, (See Figure X-2 page 418) was
restructured. First, the addition of countercurrent or cascade
rinsing for existing plants was reconsidered and dropped. The Agency
believes that while the equipment cost for countercurrent rinsing can
be estimated adequately, the total cost for incorporating such
practices into existing plant operations cannot be estimated
adequately. Installation would require almost total physical
restructuring of coating lines, which would incur not only major
construction costs, but also major costs due to plants being out of
production for many weeks while the line was rebuilt. For this
reason, countercurrent rinsing was deleted from Option 2.
No-rinse conversion coating requires installation of major equipment
within the coil coating line. The cost implications of plant shutdown
outlined for countercurrent rinsing are equally applicable to no-rinse
coatings; therefore, this technology was dropped from BAT Option 2.
In addition, the Agency received comments that no-rinse chemical
systems have not yet been approved by U.S. Department of Agriculture
and therefore are not suitable for use with food-grade coatings at
this time.
408
-------
The use of non-cyanide coating formulations to eliminate cyanide from
process chemicals was considered and rejected. Even though some
plants use non-cyanide formulations, the industry has expressed
concern about substantially reduced production rates and product
quality problems resulting from the new formulations. The Agency can
not fully evaluate this claim, but proposes to allow the continued use
of cyanide-based coating formulations with strict removal of cyanide
from the wastewater.
After modifying this Option by deleting cascade rinsing, no-rinse
chemical coating and non-cyanide coating systems, the Agency selected
this option as the preferred BAT Option.
The modified BAT Option 2 consists of: recycling of quench water
using cooling towers; use of blowdown from cooling towers to provide
all rinse water; removal of cyanide and reduction of hexavalent
chromium from conversion coating rinses; combination of rinse water
and treatment with lime; settling out of suspended solids; passage
through a conventional filter; skimming of oil from settling unit; and
dewatering of sludge.
BAT Level 3, (See Figure X-3 page 419} is similar to Option 2 (prior
to restructuring) execpt that the filter medium is changed. The new
filter- medium does not reduce dramatically of the amount of toxics
discharged. In addition, the use of a membrane for removing oil and
grease and suspended solids appears to have some operational problems
relating to suspended solids which have not been fully worked out.
For this reason, the Agency did not select Option 3, but deferred
until future developments prove its technical feasibility any
requirement based upon the use of ultrafiltration for solids removal
in the coil coating category.
Industry Cost and Environmental Benefits of_ Treatment Options
An estimate of capital and annual costs for BPT and the three BAT
options was prepared for each subcategory as an aid to choosing the
best BAT option. The capital cost of treatment technology in place
was also calculated for each subcategory using the methodology in
Section VIII. Results are presented in Table X-13 (page 432). All
costs are based on January 1978 dollars.
EPA used the following method to obtain cost figures. The total cost
of in-place treatment equipment for each subcategory was estimated
using information provided on dcps. An average cost for a "normal
plant" was determined by dividing each total subcategory cost by the
number of plants having operations in that subcategory. Some plants
carry out operations in more than one subcategory leading to double or
triple counting of the plant thus the sum of "normal plants" will not
409
-------
u ?he actual number of physical plants in the category. For
Capital In Place , this procedure defines the "Normal Plant."
In developing BPT, BAT-1, BAT-2, and BAT-3 costs, a "Normal Plant"
production was calculated by summing production for all plants in each
subcategory and dividing by the number of plants having operations in
that subcategory. The resulting average production per plant was
multiplied by the median production normalized flow for the
subcategory to give a "normal plant" flow. By sizing the control
technology selected for BPT and each BAT level for the "normal plant"
flow and applying the costing information from Section VIII, a capital
cost and annual cost for a "normal plant" was established.
Multiplication by the number of "normal" plants operating in the
subcategory gave the total capital and annual costs for the
subcategory. The subcategory costs were summed to arrive at category
costs. Results are presented in Table X-13.
Pollutant reduction benefit for each subcategory was derived by (a)
characterizing raw wastewater and effluent from each proposed
treatment system in terms of concentrations produced and production
normalized discharges (Tables X-l through X-3, pages 420-422) for each
significant pollutant found; (b) calculating the quantities removed
and discharged in one year by a "normal plant" (Tables X-5 through X-
7, pages 424-426); and (c) calculating the quantities removed and
discharged in one year by subcategory and for the category (Tables X-8
through X-ll, pages 427-430). Table x-12 (page 431) summarizes
treatment performances by subcategory for BPT and each BAT option
showing the mass of pollutants removed and discharged by each option
In Tables X-12 and X-13 all plants in the category are included as if
they were direct dischargers. Study of Table X-12 and Table X-13
f[iows that BAT-2 costs less an<3 produces greater incremental benefits
than the other BAT options. All pollutant parameter calculations were
based on median raw wastewater concentrations for visited plants. The
term toxic organics" used toxic organics listed in Table X-4 (page
423). * '
REGULATED POLLUTANT PARAMETERS
The raw wastewater concentrations from individual operations and from
the subcategory total were examined to select those pollutant
parameters found most frequently and at the highest levels. Cyanide
oil and grease, TSS, and pH were selected for regulation in each
subcategory. Several toxic or non-conventional metal pollutants are
regulated in each subcategory. Oil and grease is regulated as an
indicator of the removal of certain organic pollutants. Organic
compounds which are insoluble or slightly soluble in water can be
removed by oil-water separation methods. The greater the solubility
in organic solvents (including oil) and the lower the solubility in
water (i.e., the larger the oil-water partition coefficient) the
410
-------
greater the extent of removal. Work on extraction of priority
pollutants with hexane, a hydrocarbon solvent, has demonstrated
extractions ranging from 88 to 97 percent for PAH's when using 1 part
hexane to TOO parts waste water matrix. Addition of ionizable
inorganic compounds enhances the extraction of pollutants by hexane.
The procedure is almost directly analagous to the coincident removal
of non-polar organic pollutants by oil skimming. Equilibrium
distribution of the pollutants between the hexane and water was
achieved with two minutes of shaking. Thus normal mixing processes in
wastewater treatment should establish equilibrium. Trichloroethylene
and 1,1,1-trichloroethane have greater solubilities in water than the
PAH's have, but these two solvents are, in effect, infinitely soluble
in hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene. They therefore
have very high oil-water partition coefficients and can be selectively
removed by oil-skimming. TSS is regulated as an indicator to assure
removal of those toxic metals not selected for specific regulation.
Although comments received from industry state that cyanide is not
used in cleaner formulations and is a process chemical only in the
aluminum subcategory, cyanide was found in raw wastewater from each
subcategory. Contamination of rinse ; baths by aluminum processing
appears to deposit cyanide in other subcategory wastes and requires
cyanide control in all subcategories.
The metals selected for specific regulation are discussed by
subcategory. The effluent limitations achieved by application of BAT
also are presented by subcategory. Hexavalent chromium is not
regulated specifically because it is included in total chromium. Only
the trivalent form is removed by the lime-settle-filter technology.
Therefore the hexavalent form must be reduced to meet the limitation
on total chromium in each subcategory.
STEEL SUBCATEGORY
The basic median water use for the steel subcategory as set forth in
Section V, is 2.962 1/sq m processed area. This flow is made up of
1.747 1/sq m in the quench operation, 0.889 1/sq m in cleaning, and
0.326 1/sq m in the chemical coating operation as set forth in Section
V. Applying the rationale for BAT Option 2, the quench water would be
recirculated, recycled and reused so that there would be no discharge
directly identifiable with quench operation. The wastewater
generation for the subcategory would then become 1.215 1/sq m. This
flow will be used to calculate expected performance for BAT plants.
Pollutant parameters selected for regulation at BAT are: chromium,
cyanide, nickel, zinc, iron, oil and grease, TSS, and pH. The end-of-
pipe treatment applied to the reduced flow would produce effluent
concentrations of regulated pollutants equal to those shown in Section
VII, Table VII-16 the tabulation for Granular Bed Filtration for
411
-------
precipitation, sedimentation, and filtration (lime, settle, and
filter) technology.
When these concentrations are applied to the plant flows described
above, the mass of pollutant allowed to be discharged per unit area of
steel coil cleaned and conversion coated can be calculated. Table X-
14 shows the limitations derived from this calculation.
TABLE X-14 BAT REGULATED POLLUTANT DISCHARGE
STEEL SUBCATEGORY
Pollutant or
Pollutant Property
Maximum for
any one day
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive
sampling days
mq/m2 (lb/1,000,OOP ft2) of area processed
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide, Total
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Iron
Oil and Grease
0.050
0.33
1 .59
0.18
0.12
0.78
0.84
2.64
12.2
(0.010)
(0.067)
(0.33)
(0.035)
(0.025)
(0.16)
(0.17)
(0.54)
(2.49)
0.022
0.12
0.64
0.073
0.054
0.35
0.37
0.90
12.2
(0.005)
(0.025)
(0.13)
(0.015)
(0.011 )
(0.072)
(0.075)
(0. 18)
(2.49)
In addition to the pollutant parameters listed above, there is a
substantial amount of other toxic pollutants in the steel subcategory
wastewaters. The Agency is maintaining an oil and grease limitation
at BAT in order to control the polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons and
oil soluble organics found in these wastewaters. Although specific
numeric limitation for organic priority pollutants is not established,
adequate control is expected to be achieved by control of the oil and
grease wastes. This is projected to occur because of the slight
solubility of the compounds in water and their relatively high
solubility in oil. This difference in solubility will cause the
organics to accumulate in, and be removed with the oil. The removal
of organics with oil and grease is demonstrated in Table VII-11.
412
-------
GALVANIZED SUBCATEGORY
The median water use for the galvanized subcategory as set forth in
Section V is 3.349 1/sq m processed area. This flow is made up of
2.144 1/sq m in the quench operation, 0.837 1/sq m in the cleaning
operation, and 0.368 1/sq m in the conversion coating operation as set
forth in Section V. Applying the rationale for BAT Option 2, the
quench water would be recirculated, recycled and reused so that there
would be no discharge directly identifiable with quench operation.
The wastewater generation for the subcategory would then become 1.205
1/sq m. This flow will be used to calculate expected performance for
BAT plants.
Pollutant parameters selected for regulation in the galvanized
subcategory at BAT are: chromium, copper, cyanide, nickel, zinc, iron,
oil and grease, TSS and pH. The end-of-pipe treatment applied to the
reduced flow would produce effluent concentrations of regulated
pollutants the same as those shown in Section VII, Table VII-16 for
precipitation, sedimentation, and filtration (lime-settle-filter)
technology.
When these concentrations are applied to the plant flows described
above, the mass of pollutant allowed to be discharged per unit area
galvanized coil cleaned and conversion coated can be calculated.
Table X-15 shows the limitations derived from this calculation.
TABLE X-15 BAT REGULATED POLLUTANT DISCHARGE
GALVANIZED SUBCATEGORY
Pollutant or
Pollutant Property
Maximum for
any one day
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive
sampling days
mg/m2 (lb/1,OOP,OOP ft2) of area processed
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide, Total
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Iron
Oil and Grease
0.049
0.33
1 .58
0.17
0. 12
0.77
0.83
2.61
12.1
(0.010)
(0.067)
(0.32)
(0.035)
(0.025)
(0.16)
(0.17)
(0.53)
(2.47)
0.022
0.12
0.64
0,72
0.053
0.35
0.36
0.89
12.1
(0.005)
(0.025)
(0.13)
(0.015)
(0.01 1 )
(0.072)
(0.074)
(0.18)
(2.47)
413
-------
In addition to the pollutant parameters listed above, there is a
substantial amount of other toxic pollutants in the galvanized
subcategory wastewaters. The Agency is maintaining an oil and grease
limitation at BAT in order to control the polynuclear aromatic
hydrocarbons and oil soluble organics found in these wastewaters. A
specific numeric limitation for organic priority pollutants is not
established, but adequate control is expected to be achieved by
control of the oil and grease wastes. This is projected to occur
because of the slight solubility of the compounds in water and their
relatively high solubility in oil. This difference in solubility will
cause the organics to accumulate and be removed in the oil.
Aluminum Subcategory
The basic median water use for the aluminum subcategory as set forth
in Section V, is 2.863 1/sq m processed area. This flow is made up of
1.890 1/sq m in the quench operation, 0.630 1/sq m in cleaning, and
0.344 1/sq m in the chemical coating operation as set forth in Section
V. Applying the rationale for BAT Option 2, the quench water would be
recirculated, recycled and reused so that there would be no discharge
directly identifiable with quench operation. The wastewater
generation for the subcategory would then become 0.973 1/sq m. This
flow will be used to calculate expected performance for BAT plants.
Pollutant parameters selected for regulation in the aluminum
subcategory at BAT are: aluminum, chromium, cyanide, lead, iron, oil
and grease, TSS, and pH. The end-of-pipe treatment applied to the
reduced flow would produce effluent concentrations of regulated
pollutant the same as those shown in Section VII, Table VI1-16 for
precipitation, sedimentation, and filtration (lime-settle-filter)
technology. Oil and grease concentration is based on Table VII-16.
at all times.
When these concentrations are applied to the plant flows described
above, the mass of pollutant allowed to be discharged per unit area of
aluminum coil cleaned and conversion coated can be calculated. Table
X-16 shows the limitations derived from this calculation.
414
-------
TABLE X-16
BAT REGULATED POLLUTANT DISCHARGE
ALUMINUM SUBCATEGORY
Pollutant or
Pollutant Property
Maximum for
any one day
Average of daily
values for 30
consecutive
sampling days
mg/m2 (lb/1,000,000 ft2) of area processed
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide, Total
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Aluminum
Iron
Oil and Grease
0.040
0.26
1 .27
0.14
0.097
0.62
0.67
0.44
2. 1 1
9.73
(0.008)
(0.054)
(0.26)
(0.028)
(0.02)
(0.13)
(0.14)
(0.09)
(0.43)
(1 .99)
0.02
0.097
0.52
0.058
0.043
0.28
0.29
0.18
0.72
9.73
,(0.004)
(0.02)
(0.11)
(0.012)
(0.009)
(0.058)
(0.06)
(0.036)
(0.15)
(1 .99)
SUMMARY
EPA cannot establish directly the reasonableness of the BAT
limitations by study of data from visited plants. No sampled coil
coating plants in any subcategory use the BAT technology in its
entirety; however, there are one or two; plant sampling days within
each subcategory where the effluent meets the limitations for all but
one or two pollutant parameters. This suggests that plants with all
elements of the BAT technology in place and operating properly could
meet the BAT limitations.
The BAT end-of-pipe treatment technology has not been demonstrated in
the coil coating category; however, the technology - lime, settle and
filter - is adequately demonstrated on an acidic, metal bearing
wastewater substantially similar to coil coating wastewater. The
technology is readily transferrable and is expected to perform equally
well on the coil coating wastes.
415
-------
Su
2 Q
II
O z
|0
5*
c
u
IE
M
dl
UI
en
U)
H
Ul
UI
o:
ui
i
UI
ui
ui
i-
m
X
UI
D
c
416
-------
< u
s 2
ii
K
U
ii
Os
o
ZK
j u
O 5
O O
u t-
Ul
$
X
KZ
"S
si
u
u
o
ir
n.
O
bl
I-
<
J
3
U
K
U
U
K
bi
en
l-
z
bl
2
<
ui
K
fc
bl
<
bl
I
O
UJ
\L
Q
O
CM
_J
bl
bl
_1
<
03
X
bl
t£
D
CD
C
417
-------
01
111
S-
< u
5 O
\l
U
=•
Z LJ
z
u
z
u
o
o
u
O
u
j
3
U
e
UI
en
CO
H
z
UJ
111
a:
ui
<
u
fc
_J
UJ
Ul
m
X
ui
K.
418
-------
E
cr
i/i
—
E
ro
S^
co E
in
rH
CM
rH
cn
CM r-. rH
Bin in
OrH
ooo
«a-
CM r-. «*•
O O rH
OOO
vo co en
ro CM r~
O OrH
ooo
cn ro p-»
CM CM -a-
O O rH
000
to i —
co ro cn
rH o ro
ooo
ro in
in CM ro
rH o ro
OOO
co to
r— co o
ro co rH
ro CO CM
ro
co ro
p^ o P~
CM O rH
rH p-s in o
to to CM P--
o o -a- co
rH i-H
o in ro crv
in in r~ ro
oOrH in
cn
CM in i—I
O OO in
O OrH
to i—i r^~
ro •* 10
o o CM
cninin CO cn to to cn CO
r- «fr cn p^ co in CM o o co
CM o in ro co I-H co cn ro rH
ooo
CM «5f
O r-^ CM
O O i-l
ooo ooo
ro ro en
CM o •=)•
o to to
CO CO *J" rH
p^ o to to P*« to to
OOO OOO OOO CM O CM O O CM ID
O)
>
u
cu
cr
to
E
r-H
1 r—
fr^Uj
CO E
CM
cn
CM
rO P^ rH
o o in
OCMrH
OOO
rH rH
o P~ in
ooo
ooo
tO rH CM
ro o in
Oi-H to
ooo
CM -a- o
rH OO CM
O O CM
OOO
rH I— 1 i— 1
CO rH in
tO rH «d'
O O 1— 1
P^
ro ro cn
CM o l~~
CM
co
P- O to
CM O CM
in o r~,
cn «* CM ^'
p^ cn ro cn
i— 1 1— t p^. co
ro «3;
to in tn
o in CM
to to to m
o o CM to
0)
cr
to
^~
I'
I— ^
9; i?
CO K
CM
cn
CM
ro CM rH
o 01 in
O rO rH
O •— 1 O
« — 1 1—4
CD P^ in
o ^r o
ooo
tO rH rH
ro O to
O O rH
CM *3- CM
I-H ro cn
O o ro
OOO
rH rH CO
CO rH CO
«• 1— 1 tO
rH O rH
p--.
ro p-~
in o in
ooo
§CM CM
to cn
CM cn cn
rH CM CM
CO
0 O rH
«3- OO
rH rH
cn ^- -a-
co ro *i- >a-
CM *a- m P^
^- ^^ cn p^-
in r-.
co P-. r-^
3- i— 1 CM
rH rH O tO
CM CM
cu E
5 cu i- •<- a i.
C_3 O CJ O _l Z
TD
cu
•o
cu c
1 O)
to ITJ Q.
3 cu in
s- i- 3
O CD 00
.rz
Q. ear-
lO ns
O •— +J
^: -r- o
Q- o i—
X X O -4-'
o o i- c:
l_ i— 4->
-------
g
CM
1to tn
> oo
o <
ooo
to ro oo
O OrH
cnrHcn
rH O CO
o
tnr-.cn o> r-.
CO CO O «3-lOrH*J-
o> o to
O in CM
o oo
rv. coo
"3-CM to
o oo
ro to t-»
in i—* CM
rH O CO
O O tl-00
ooo ooo ooo
cr
i/>
I
CM
1 -.
§
CM
*— *
ScSS
ooo
ooo
co m
rH r~ CM
ooo
l--rH IO
tn ^- to
O O CM
ooo
!-•«•
I- CO CM
O OCM
r-. r-. o
r-. CM cn
CM o in
ooo
CM
co CM cn
CMO ^f
o co
in r-. co
CO CO rH
CO CO CO
co
r— o to
co r-. co
I-H cn co CM
r**. r**. rH cn
o o in en
rHrH
cn to co
in to to tn
CD E
OOO CM O CM O O CM to
tn
ixj a.
3
o o ••- c:
I— h- 4-> «
c 4->
r— r— 0) 3
10 id >•—
4-> 4-> Cr—
O O O O
I— h- 001.
co en o I-H cvi
-------
s
cr
in
oo
i i—
CO
cn
o
co cn oo
O •& CM
O OI-H
OOO
CO VO
O LO CM
O O.-I
vo CM cn
"3-CM O
ooo
000
p-. co cn
•* Cvl O
ooo
SCO
ocn CM
O OO 00
OOOO
CM CO P-
CO O O> CM
O O O 00
o CM cn
P- CO VO
CM lb rH
CO OO
P~ O P~
CO CM OO VO
CM «3- CO CO
i-H r— 1
cr> oo LO co
CM r~ OO CM
OOO OOO OOOO
cr
V)
-^
e
CM
1— -^
ca E
oo
f-.
ch
o
OO CO OO
O ID CM
O Oi-l
OOO
OO VO
O P^ CM
O Oi-H
OOO
vo oo cn
«*• oo o
OOO
OOO
p- ^f cn
«*oo o
ooo
OOO
O CM to P-*
§1-1 oo r^
O.-I «3-
OOOO
CM CM
co en i- en
o o--«*
OOOO
in o
O CM OO
r** oo to
CM VO CM
co
r- o vo
CM O CM
10 oo
.-•i 10 r— ir>
0>5 CM OO CM
O CM O If)
t-f i-H
»;)• OO OO
CM co en
OO VO OO OO
O CM 0 10
•*-> >>
o £?
QJ O
vi- en
E
cr
E
•— i
1 .—
ca E
oo
vo
co
CM
OO O OO
O O CM
O CM i-H
OOO
i— 1 OO
ooo
ooo
LO P*> cn
oo cn o
••H 0 0
ooo
P""* ^f PO
«* coo
ooo
ooo
O LO r-t CO
§3°-°-
O O Or-4
CO CM
CM T-H «a- cr>
OOr-C*
OOOO
cn •*
10 oo «s-
en vo «3-
P*» CO P^
CO
P-. O VO
CM OCM
CM i-H CO
i-H P~. CO I-H
in o 10 LO
r-4 VO O VO
oo «a-
a^ co co
rH IO CM CM
O CM O VO
cr
i/)
•^
E
E
oo
vo
co
CM
OO VO OO
O «3" C\J
O OO <-H
Ort O
rH 00
8SS
ooo
o r~ en
o en o
CM O O
ooo
«3- OO
r^ ro o
o o o
000
O VO OO CM
§00 PS. oo
o vo 10
o oo^-<
CO CM
CM *— i r^
O CD CM IT)
OOOO
i-l VO
CO OO fi-l
vo vo cn
rH COCO
•-I CM CM
0 0—t
•SJ-OO
t-4 t-t
CO CM ^~
ui vo cn CM
vo in co oo
»-^ r^ f— i oo
LO P-
O1 rH rH
r — to f-H
to <— i vo vo
O.-HO in
CM CM
I i
oo oo >-i oo vo co cn
VO O -3" CM CM OO O
CO O LO r-l VO OO O
SCM
pv.
) CM OO CO
Sen CM
P~ o
oo vo o cn
ai o CM oo
o co cn cn
o «3- o 1-1 o o
CM
f—I OO CO OO
o o «3- 10 co o
O LO O LO c-H O
O O i-i cn
CM
oo
CO O CM CO
CM P- i-< <3-
O O CM •*
p "i-oo
CM IO ^*
nH CM
O 10 CO
O LO CO
LO f-~ VO LO
CM O CM CO
t-1 «3- M CO
oo 10 ^-t vo
• oo oo
OOOO OOO O O CM OO
o-i CM «3- cn
in
S-
O f O
C-3 C_J t_>
ca
?E
O 3
•S
(U _
» CD
0.081—
in ia
o-— <->
.C -r- O
Oi O I—
co en o <-i CM ^>
t—I i-H CM CM CM CM
co
CM
421
-------
r- co m
O OO -HO OO OOO CM
di i i i I* i*dd***d*o***do****ddo* i o
t->
i-* « 81 in ^
2*S s d
>*
j?
•3
CO
4
E
i-i
01 t-l
01 -•»
w B
* O B >i 4J
O 43 43 i-l 01 X J=
^4 4J 4J I-? r* > B 01 >*>,
OIOOOI430101B 43 N
43l rH
(*, >.
4J 4J
3 0
"f p
.S.S
Q Q
4-1
01
o
* *
* *
;*
o o
o o
vo
in
o o
0 0
01 01
4J B
ft) 01
rH O
to to
f n
4J .B
43 4J
as
•-H N
r*. B
4; o)
JA-
O -H
*
*
*
*
&)
s
^
^^,
>3
o
N
B
m
* * *
* * *
CO CO O
CM CM QJ
CMC
01 1 0)
m CM M
1 -H (r.
Co"c-H O
vo
1— 1
0 0
* * d d
m
o
o o
* * d d
r-. o
Ov O
0 0 -H
* 0 0 0
. •* 00
vO CM
ooo
* 0 0 0
01
B
01
rH
g £•
01 01
rH 0.
to 0) O
43 B N
4J 01 B 01
43 O 01 (3
cu co pa o)
CO IJ 1 U
B 42 CM O
01 4J rH 3
>
a.
^ 01
•0 B
O 01
1 rH
CO r*>
CM 4J
. H
W (IM EH FH
vO
o
00
rH
rH
o
CM
CM
o
CM
CM
CO
CM
rH T)
o
IH
n
,
rH
10
B
CO
to
01
U
to
U
• H
•g
t
11
CO
01
rH 01
43 10
tO S
•I-l
IM 4-1
•H *H
4J
B Si
to u
3 -H
°*-s
3
10
>, H
w 3 o
o o iw
00 rH
0) 01 to
4J 43 01
u to o*
01 ^ CO
> ta
•H B
4J O rH
O »H rH
01 4J CO
cu to
to M B
01 1 * «r4
l-i B
ai -a
B U 01
•H B 4J
o o
U O 01
4J 4J 01
01 3 T)
0 rO
10 4J
u -o o
to 01 B
a. 4J
u to
B 01 to
o 4J 3
•H 0)
4J -O H
to 0)
O tO 4J
• rl tO 01
• H CO
rJ \-< H
01 0) 10
> 4J a.
01
to s 01
CO 43
4J r4 4-1
O CO
B P. CO
01
tO to 4J
01 01 CO
4J 4J U
10 CO -rl
o o -a
-i-l >rl B
•^ T3 *r4
c c
•H -H O
422
-------
s
in
>,
o ,_
in in •=•
< •>-> i
x-r- '
M- >.
CU CU »_^
-fa
cu
)CO
IS
^00
T3 ,_
o
a.
•a
cu
a>
s-
(O
"•5?
•i— cn
o -^
cu
CO > S-
1 0 >,
£ I ™
^c cu 01
CO C£ ^
CU
cn
s-
Jc:
0 S-
^2 Cn
•a
cu
CM 0 t
1— CU -".
eC a£ cn
ca -^:
cu
cn
i.
IO
-C S-
u >,
in ^
•r~ CT1
fj _±£
S-
h- £ "--^
,
to --»
•c~ O1
0 -^
^
> s_
o >>
1- E <-
o_ cu cn
co a: j*
cu
in
IO
3 k,
3 -C
fO cr
a: ^
s_
o
4-»
ro
J-
fC
Q_
tA
o
f— t
X
o
n
iO
o
t-H
X
C3
ro
U3
O
f— 1
X
s
o
t-H
X
*3"
r-^
s
X
&_
>,
in
^_j
•r-
1
2
O
u_
r^ 1-4 o
O«3-t-~
Oi-l CO
o o
or-. C3
o cn o
o 10 o
o
in
r-. o o
1— > (-H p^
O OJ CO
§O
co o
O CM O
o 10 o
o
in
^^
P~ co o
Ot-t P~.
o in co
0 O
o o
OCM O
oco o
o
in
«3-
P-. CO O
CD P-. 1 — .
O <*• ro
CO
0 0
O IO O
OCO 0
1 —
«*•
tl-
P-- co o
O CO p-~
O OO CO
o
in
F
E 3
3 -!~ S--
.,_ ^ (JJ
E O O.
•o s- o.
IO .C O
O O O
co cn o
i-H r-4 CM
oo
co cn i-H
OO IO «3-
o o «*
o
o P^ in
o 3-
o cn «a-
CM
oo
OO CM O
CO O IO
Oi-H o «3-
r-1 OP^
O «3- «3-
CO p^ p^
co
m 10
CM CO «3"
P-, IO P^
CO in in
CM -a- o
CM •— 1
10
<- CO CM
p< O CM
•-4 CO CO
co in 1—4
CM i-4
1
CU
in
tri 10
3 CU
1. S.
O C3
i:
0.03
in
o •— 5
^: -r-oo
Q. 01—
t-» cn CM
oo cn CM co
«3- 1-4 p^ 1— 4
1—4 in i—i 10
CO "S"
CO i-H CO
IO OO CM
CO CO CM CO
cn P*« cn o
O CM i—l CO
i— 4 IO 1— 1 I— 1
co ^r
cn CM cn
CO CO ^1-
O CO CM CO
CM P-. CM CTt
CO <•
10
IO CO CM
*-4 cn in
CO CM IO o
oin
10 ^f CM cn
O OO O1 *!•
•-4 -a- cn
i— 1 i—4
in co
cn 10 i— i CM
in CM cn CM
O «3" •— 4 CM
O i-H i-4 CO
1—4 in i—i cn
CO CO
IO
in i— 4 o
in co o
co o cn in
•— < CO O IO
•-I IOCM P~.
i— 1 IO i— 1 i— 1
CO «3"
vt
a
cu
•— in
O IO O
•i— c -i— in
X O X J->
0 f- 0 C
(— 4-J 1— IO
r— O)i— =>
IO > IO < —
4-> C 4-> •—
0000
1— <->!— 0.
423
-------
T3
cu
at
i.
a
.c L
8-5?
•i- at
Q .*:
•a; cu D)
co ce j*
x
LT>
in
o L- -
«3- CM CM
O CM t
CM «s- in
I-H o r«*
CM t-H IO
in
in cb co
in r** «a*
o
in o
t-H in o
COI-H o
10 o «a- in o r-
in
r-» cn CM
com
en CM oo
oo r- I-H cn
i-H CM CM CO
in 10
in
«* coin co
co 10 co o
COi-l CM
in «*•
i-H
X
in
cn in «a-
int-H CM
CO CO IO
in I-H co
I-H ro
CO
in at in
co o> o
r^ I-H o
I-HIO «3-
CM CM «* co
at co I-H vo
co •—i "3- 10
ooo CM
•-H CMf« CO
t~» CM
CO O
O COi-H CM t-H O>
01 in o
en CM o
in in co
oin o
CM
en •* r—
CM 10 co
in O i~.
CM in r-t
co
CM CM CM
«a-cn o
co
o co co
in t-H CM
,-H CO
CO
*}• coin
CO i-H CM
O
«3-
10 r^ en «^*
CM tO CM «»
vo co ini-H
!-!•* CO •
. « . CO
«3* co in «-H
co «*• o 10
CO t-t >3- CM
o o o co
t-H CM i—I
\o in
I 4-> >>
X-r- t?
O)
n> iQ
4-J CD
o
D-
co o co
CO CM CM
CO ,
CM CM CO
CO
ro cn in in
in co co CM
co
co cr
co co r-.
co CMO
CM IO
CM CO icj-
t-H IO i-H
•* O CM
•a- «3-CM
CO CM CO
CO CO
CM CM CO
t—I CM O CO
r~-10 co -a-
in o
t—I CM
cn cn ^o r^
co o co co
co co-a-
«a- CM CM
co o co
IO CM O1
CM .-H O
co I-H cn
i-H CM
CO
CO
CM O
in co cn
i-H CM t-H
in co co
I-H in co
cn co in co
co «5t- in o
CO t—I CO CO
o cn o i—i
t-H i-l i—I CO
co
co r^- cn co
•-H co in in
CM CO i-l
in
o
CM o
(•-HO
CO O
co co o
•3-00 O
CM CM O
10 r».
•sl-O CM
IO O> CM
LO O OJ
o -a- in
m CM CM
co co
O CM CO
t^s CM co r^
t-^ 01 co in
•-H «a- I-H CM
CM co
i—11—1 tn
co
o
CO I-H O
cn I-H co
O CM
CO
«3- CO cn
in CM co
CO CO CO
i-H in CM
co co p^ cn
co •-! «a- cn
CM CM CM O
O CO O O
r-H I—I I—I CO
cu
4->
in
ro
ro
X
Si
co
VO CO CO
i—i o cn
CM
•3- CO CM
10 us cn
CM CO CM CM
t-H in CM r-H O CM CO
«3- I-H in q-
o-a- o
10 I-H in
i-H CO
CO
O CO CM
10 10 -a-
o o in r»
i-H r-H CO in
Sr-~ «3- co
O OCO
t-H CM t-H CO
co cn o i—i CM ^t-
i-Hi-H CM CM CM CM
CO
CM
424
-------
I
R3
-o
CD
ro > s_
T3
01
O>
S-
*
-C S-
o >>
> —
•r- O)
O J*
%
I-H
X
CM
en r*»
p^ in en
o ro ro
p^ CM f-n
CM >O CM
(O
t-i ro ro
CO CM ««• CO
to
o
10 i-< in eo
«3* r*. en en
O i-H CO i-l O CM
O O
oino
O »—I O
wa to <
P-. CO <
inOCM CO
o <•
§1—ir-. CM
CO r-1 r*.
in O tO
r-» P-» «3-
CM
co ID «*• P-.
CM i-l CM CM
CO «3-
•-i in in r-»
P-. o in >D
ID
O
o in o
ro
en r-.
r— en en
o co ro
CM
r^ CM i—i
CM en CM
o in CM ro
to 10
co CM
co
CM co ro
co ror-» CM
r-» r>. co
r*. r~. in
«*• CM 10
O r-( ro r-i O CM
10 <0 O
r-» ir> o
in o ro ro
> ID
> O CM CM
> CM co ro
^f ro CT* ro
*!• en <• o
ro o ro «»•
o en 10
ro CM corn
«3- o in co
CM >a- CM in
ro «3-
omo en
ID in
CO CM
co
CM
t—
X -^ >,
<4- S-
01
3
S,
ia
0 >>
in •-.
o .a*
•a
(U
t— i > i-
1 0 >>
l- E
CO Qi J^
TD
(U
O)
s-
ia
_C S-
b!^
a 2
•a
J*
CO C£ ^t
^
t— f
X
ID
O
t— 1
X
r—
en P^
p^. ro en
O mro
o in ro
o o
o r^ o
o en o
ro
en P^
p^ co en
CD •— 1 oo
O P** CO
co
Sp.8
O CO O
ocno
CO
ro
CM
ro en i— i
f-- «O CM
ro CM CM
o
en o
CO P^ O
i-H VO CD
CM
co en i— i
tn 10 CM
in CM CM
o en o
in r~ o
en ia o
ro
CO
•3^ ID ro
co en o P^
in OI-H co
i— 1 i— 1 CO
O CM
O CO f CM
o in in co
O "3-co ro
in co
CO CM
co
CO
^f ro
CO O^ OQ ^D
in o in in
i-H i— 1 ^J*
§CM
CO CM
in co in
O -3-CO P~
•3- CM
CO CM
CO
CM en
10 ro
en o in
•-i cno
CM r- CM
co "3- ro
ro CM t-H
CO P^ O
co in o
ro p~ in
CO VO
CM ID
CO CO
CM O P~-
CM in en
CO !**« P^
co ^r p-^ p^,
ro en o
CM p^. en
ro in
en
I-H en
•3- ro en 10
o in T-H in
ro en co co
en CM
i— i
vo P^ in
p*. co o
co in co P~.
«3- CM ^-i-H
ro c^ ro ro
r-H CM
en
r-i VD in
CD CO in 1 —
CM l-» CO CM
in o
i— 1 CM
»— i en en
VD «3- P-- CO
o o fin
co en co CM
CM
en r~
p^. en
O in ro
x
en
t->. o ID ro
ro
<=r
ro
CM
ro co I-H
O -3- CM
<3- CM
o CM in
in in ^-CM ro P-. in
•-! ID r- in ^- o
co CM in in P-.
co
co CM in I-H
ID in I-H vo
«3- CM in -3-
ro *-< ro «3-
r-l CM
S-
0)
+-> E
•r- E 3
_l 3-1-1.
•r- E (U
3 S o ex
o -a s- CL
O
-r- -i D- O I—
S
co en o I-H CM «s-
i-l i-l CM CM CM CM
co
CM
425
-------
•o
J-
CQ C£ 14
x
o
SS
co co CM rH r* «
rH CM CM -3- «3- CM rH
rH rH rH co
o co o
CM
o o co
rH CO
coi-.
rH CM oo
OJ r-H rH
cooi--
p~ n <*•
t-4 C\J
cn o «*•
LO O LO
vo LO LO
CM cnrH
oo to o en LO rH co
rH LO *f LO CT1 C-. O
cncMto i-( eg r-i r--.
oo o o m o oo i-i
O> O O n CM
CO CO r-l CO
•a
0)
o>
s_
nj
_C V-
o >,
U) —.
•p- en
o j*
•o
01
CXI > S-
U3
O
rH
X
O
U3
cn
cvi r-~ co
(O i-H
COCOrH
c\jco«-4
CM
OrHO O CnrH
<£>
O
OO
to
CO
CM
t-t 1£> O CT1 O U3 O1 UJ CO CO
cocor^. IOOCT «* cn »— i ^
CM «* ioio«a- ioor-.cn
CM Cn CM CM IT)
CO O tf) OO U3 CO IT) «S- LO CM
«^-OUD i—tmo COUDOOCO
p-*om criCMoo cnocnin
rococo coocn «d'Oi^o
rH CM O> O LO CO IO CO CM
CO PO r-4 CO
CM iO CO CO rH rH IT} CO O CO O f*»
SrH CMCOCM ^00,
u> —.
•r- cn
T3
S
O
J— E
a_ a)
CO C£
X
OO
UD
CO
CM
CM cn CO CO »-H ^~
t-H •—1 CM CO CvJ
i—I i-H Ch
O <-4 O
tn
SCO O
co tn
SCO m
•*r co
CO r^. CO CO
IO ^O px. O OO CO CO
CM P-» CO CO CO CO «-H
Cn i—t CO i-H VO •—t CO
t-H VO CO CM in LO «*
CTI co co co ^J* co r^«
P** CO CO CM
10
CO
CM
CM CO CO CO CM «3"
LO rH CM CO CVI
CM rH CO Cn
VO
OOLOLO
LOCOCO
cn o o
r— CO -3-
rH CM
COLOO COLOCnOO
LO oo fo LO rH to